Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
17-105489 (3)
TA LASA EA CONSiJrTANTS, INC. 27 October 2017 Jim Harris and Stacey Welsh City of Federal Way Department of Community Development 33325 8'h Avenue South Federal Way, Washington 98003 REFERENCE: Greenline Business Park, Federal Way, Washington SUBJECT: Pre -Construction Notification — Response to Comments Dear Jim & Stacey: TAL-1572C The Applicant proposes to develop three (3) warehouses as the Greenline Business Park. Portions of 63 wetlands, one stream, and North Lake are located on or adjacent to the Site. Attached please find the Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan, which addresses existing site conditions, the proposed project with anticipated critical area impacts, and a conceptual mitigation plan. As part of our application to the US Army Corps of Engineers, we prepared a more complete mitigation plan that outlines all the pertinent details of the proposed mitigation to offset project impacts to critfcai areas. The elements outlined in the Mitigation Plan are intended to supersede those details provided in the CAR and Conceptual Mitigation Plan, and this report is provided to you and intended as an addendum to the CAR and Conceptual Mitigation Plan. Thank you. Sincerely, TALASAEA CONSULTAN , INC, 'L-V2 illiam E. Shiels Principal Attachments: 1. Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan, dated 27 October 2017 2. Mitigation Plan, dated 27 October 2017 Cc: Tom Messmer, Federal Way Campus, LLC File Resource & Environmental Planning 15020 Bear Creek Road Northeast • Woodinville, Washington 98077 • Bus: (425) 861-7550 • Fax: (425) 861-7549 CRITICAL AREAS REPORT AND CONCEPTUAL MITIGATION PLAN GREENLINE BUSINESS PARK FEDERAL WAY, WASHINGTON Prepared For: TOM MESSMER FEDERAL WAY CAMPUS, LLC Los Angeles, California Prepared By. TALASAEA CONSULTANTS, INC. Woodinville, Washington 27 October 2017 Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan Greenline Business Park Federal Way, Washington Prepared For Tom Messmer Federal Way Campus, LLC 11100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 850 Los Angeles, California 90025 Prepared By: Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 150250 Bear Creek Road NE Woodinville, Washington 98077 (425) 861-7550 27 October 2017 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan EXECUTIVE SUMMARY PROJECT NAME: Greenline Business Park PROJECT LOCATION: The approximate address for the Site is 32901 Weyerhaeuser Way South in the City of Federal Way, Washington. The project will take place on six parcels (King County Parcel numbers 1621049056, 1521049178, 1621049013, 1621049030, 2285000010, and 7978200420) totaling 146 acres. The Public Land Survey System location of the Site is Sections 16 and 21, Township 21 North, Range 4 East, Willamette Meridian. CLIENT: Tom Messmer, Vice President, Federal Way Campus, LLC PROJECT STAFF: Bill Shiels, Principal; Ann Olsen, RLA; Jennifer Marriott, PWS, Senior Ecologist; David Teesdale, PWS, Senior Ecologist; Richard Tveten, Senior Ecologist; Kristen Numata, Ecologist. FIELD SURVEY: Site evaluations and wetland delineations were performed over multiple days from December 2015 through April 2016. DETERMINATION: Sixty-three wetlands were identified on the Project Site. North Lake occurs adjacent to the Site. One man-made stream (Stream AC) connects the existing stormwater pond to Weyerhaeuser Pond off -site to the south. HYDROLOGY: Hydrology for the on -site wetlands is supported, for the most part, by seasonal precipitation and interception of surface water flow, as well as groundwater to a lesser extent. SOILS: The NRCS maps one type of soil over the majority of the Site, Alderwood gravelly sandy loam, 0 to 8 percent slopes. A small area in the northwest corner is mapped as Alderwood gravelly sandy loam, 8-15% slopes, and a small area of Orcas Peat is mapped over the far eastern portion of the Site. The National Technical Committee on Hydric Soils does not include Alderwood gravelly sandy loam as a hydric soil, however, Orcas Peat is identified as a hydric soil. VEGETATION: The Site is mix of developed areas and conifer and deciduous mixed forests. Typical native species present within the forested areas include Douglas fir, western red cedar, big -leaf maple, red alder, black cottonwood, salmonberry, vine maple, sword fern, and other native herbaceous and shrub species. Several non-native species of tree are present throughout the property, including several species of eastern oak and European ash. Typical vegetation within the wetlands includes salmonberry and hardhack with limited amounts of sedges and rushes. PROPOSED PROJECT: The Applicant proposes to construct approximately 1,068,000 square feet of new warehouse and office space divided amongst three new buildings. The Weyerhaeuser Tech Center will remain, but the existing parking lots will be reconfigured to a more compact arrangement around the Tech Center to maximize space. Associated infrastructure to be constructed includes five new stormwater detention facilities, including reconfiguring the existing stormwater pond, parking for both cars and trucks, and enough maneuvering space for the truck traffic anticipated around these buildings. Due to the size of the proposed buildings, required parking and stormwater, direct and indirect impacts to some wetlands and buffer encroachments are unavoidable. ASSESSMENT OF DEVELOPMENT IMPACTS: The proposed site plan has been designed to minimize impacts to critical areas to the greatest extent practicable while meeting the criteria for development of a viable project and conforming to the City of Federal Way standards. In attempting to avoid wetland impacts on this site, several different configurations were evaluated to find the best fit for the project needs. Despite these efforts, some impacts to critical areas are unavoidable in order to achieve an economically viable project. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page i Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan Portions of 63 wetlands, one stream, and North Lake are located on or adjacent to the site. Construction of the proposed development would directly impact (fill) 13,428 square feet (0.31-acre) of wetlands for the buildings, parking, and stormwater facilities. Four wetlands will be insufficiently buffered, resulting in an additional 4,912 square feet (0.11-acre) of wetland as being considered indirect wetland impacts due to site development encroachments. No impacts are proposed within the ordinary high water mark of the on -site stream. While no work is proposed within the ordinary high water mark of the stream, work is proposed in proximity to the stream channel to construct new pond outfalls into the stream buffer. The existing structure will need to be relocated. The east bank stream buffer is proposed to be reduced by 25%, with replacement buffer provided adjacent to the buffer on the west side of the stream. No development activities are proposed on or adjacent to North Lake. CONCEPTUAL MITIGATION PLAN: Wetland impacts will be mitigated through a multi -part mitigation plan including elements of wetland creation, wetland enhancement, wetland and stream buffer restoration and enhancement, and stream buffer replacement. Temporary construction impacts resulting from site grading will be restored post -construction. Wetland creation is currently proposed at a greater than 2:1 ratio, which is more than required by the Federal Way Revised Code. Mitigation proposed: • Wetland Creation 36,023 square feet • Wetland Enhancement 2,020 square feet e Wetland Buffer Creation 98,168 square feet • Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration 35,689 square feet • Stream Buffer Enhancement 94,266 square feet e Stream Buffer Replacement 14,489 square feet All critical area mitigation will be constructed prior to or concurrent with site development activities. A final mitigation plan will be prepared and submitted once preliminary concurrence has been provided for this conceptual mitigation plan. Performance monitoring will extend for a minimum of 5 years over all elements of the mitigation plan. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page ii Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan TABLE OF CONTENTS Executive Summary Tableof Contents......................................................................................................... III Listof Figures....................................._.................._............................................._...........vi Listof Appendices...........................................................................................................vi Chapter1. Introduction.............................................................._................................. 1 1.1 Purpose of Report............................................................................... 1 1.2 Statement of Accuracy........................................................................ 1 1.3 Qualifications.......................................................................................1 Chapter 2. Property Description.................................................................................. 2 2.1 Property Location and Description...................................................... 2 2.2 Existing Site Development................................................................... 2 2.3 Historical Land Uses........................................................................... 2 Chapter3. Methodology.............................................................................................. 3 3.1 Background Data Reviewed................................................................ 3 3.2 Field Investigation........................................................ ...................... 3 Chapter4. Results....................................................................................................... 4.1 Analysis of Existing Information........................................................... 4 4.1.1 USGS Quadrangle.............................................................................. 5 4.1.2 National Wetland Inventory ................................................... I.............. 5 4.1.3 Natural Resources Conservation Service........ ................................--. 5 4.1.4 King County GIS Database.................................................................. 5 4.2 Analysis of Existing Conditions — Wetlands .......................................... 5 4.2.1 Wetlands AE, AF and AH.................................................................... 6 4.2.2 Wetland AG......................................................................................... 7 4.2.3 Wetlands Al, AL, AJ, AO, AR, AS, AM ................................................ 7 4.2.4 Wetland AV......................................................................................... 7 4.2.5 Wetland BA................................................................................... . 7 4.2.6 Wetland BA-2...................................................................................... 7 4.2.7 Wetland BB ................................................ _.............. .................. ...... 7 4.2.8 Wetland BD-North.................................................................... .......... 8 4.2.9 Wetland BE......................................................................................... 8 4.2.10 Wetland BF.......................................................................................... 8 4.2.11 Wetland BK......................................................................................... 8 4.2.12 Wetland BL..........................................................................................8 4.2.13 Wetland BR......................................................................................... 8 4.2.14 Wetland BS-North............................................................................... 9 4.2.15 Wetland BS-South............................................................................... 9 4.2.16 Wetland CB......................................................................................... 9 4.2.17 Wetland CD.........................................................................................9 4.2.18 Wetland CE......................................................................................... 9 4.2.19 Wetland CG......................................................................................... 9 4.2.20 Wetland DE......................................................................................... 9 4.2.21 Wetlands DF, DG, DH, and DI ........................................................... 10 4.2.22 Wetland DK....................................................................................... 10 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page iii Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 4.2.23 Wetland El .........................................................................................10 4.2.24 Wetlands EJ, EK, EL, and EM...........................................................10 4.2.25 Wetland FA........................................................................................10 4.2.26 Wetland FB........................................................................................11 4.2.27 Wetland FD.......................................................................................11 4.2.28 Wetland FE........................................................................................11 4.2.29 Wetland FF........................................................................................11 4.2.30 Wetland GB-North.............................................................................11 4.2.31 Wetland IA......................................................................................... 11 4.2.32 Wetlands KA, KB, KC, KD, KF, KG, KH, KI, KJ, KK, KL, KM, KN, KT, KU, KV, KW.......................................................................................12 4.2.33 Wetland PG (Previously identified as Wetland BJ)............................12 4.2.34 Wetland PK.......................................................................................12 4.3 Analysis of Existing Conditions — Streams and Other Features ........12 4.3.1 North Lake.........................................................................................12 4.3.2 Weyerhaeuser Pond (off-site)............................................................13 4.3.4 Non -regulated Ditches....................................................................... 13 Chapter 5. Wildlife and Listed Species......................................................................13 5.1 Wildlife Surveys and Assessments....................................................13 5.2 Listed Species...................................................................................14 Chapter 6. Regulatory Review...................................................................................15 6.1 Federal and State Regulations..........................................................15 6.2 City of Federal Way Zoning Code ..................................................... 15 6.2.1 Non-SMZ Wetlands........................................................................... 15 6.2.2 Streams.............................................................................................16 6.3 Shoreline Management Zone (SMZ).................................................16 6.4 Other Linear Features.......................................................................16 Chapter 7. Proposed Project..................................................................................... 16 7.1 Proposed Project...............................................................................16 7.2 Stormwater Treatment....................................................................... 17 Chapter 8. Impact Analysis........................................................................................ 18 8.1 Wetland Impacts................................................................................18 8.2 Temporary Construction Impacts......................................................19 8.3 Stream Impacts................................................................................. 20 8.4 Mitigation Sequencing....................................................................... 20 8.5 Mitigation Analysis............................................................................. 21 8.6 Indirect Wetland Impact Analysis...................................................... 23 8.6.1 Quality, sensitivity, and functions of the aquatic resource ................. 23 8.6.2 Nature of adjacent land use activity and its potential for impacts on the aquatic resource................................................................................ 24 8.6.3 Character of the existing buffer area (including soils, slope, vegetation, etc.)................................................................................................... 24 8.6.4 Intended functions of the buffer......................................................... 25 Chapter 9. Conceptual Mitigation Plan...................................................................... 26 9.1 Agency Policies and Guidance.......................................................... 26 9.2 Standard Mitigation Measures...........................................................26 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page iv Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 9.3 Project Site Mitigation Details............................................................ 26 9.4 Watershed Approach .................................. ..................-- 27 9.5 Proposed Mitigation Plan................................................................... 27 9.5.1 Wetland Creation............................................................................... 28 9.5.2 Wetland Enhancement......................................................................29 9.5.3 Wetland Buffer Creation.................................................................... 29 9.5.4 Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration................................................... 29 9.5.5 Stream Buffer Enhancement............................................................. 30 9.5.6 Performance Monitoring and Maintenance ........................................ 30 Chapter10. Summary ................................................................................................. 30 Chapter11. References.............................................................................................. 32 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page v Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan LIST OF FIGURES Figures occur at the end of the report. Figure 1 —Vicinity Map & Driving Directions Figure 2 — National Wetlands Inventory Map Figure 3 — NRCS Soil Map Figure 4 — Hydrologic Connections Overview LIST OF TABLES Table 1. FWRC Wetland Buffer Requirements (FWRC 19.145.420) ........................... 15 Table 2. Summary of Wetland Impacts....................................................................... 19 Table 3. Summary of Wetland Creation Required........................................................ 28 APPENDICES Appendix A: Wetland Determination Data Forms, Talasaea Consultants, 2016 Appendix B: Feature Summary Table, Talasaea Consultants, 2017 Appendix C: Photodocument, Talasaea Consultants, 2016 Appendix D: Wetland Rating Forms with Figures, Talasaea Consultants, 2016 & 2017 Appendix E: Conceptual Mitigation Plan Sheets Sheet W1.0. Site Overview Plan Sheet W1.1. Existing Conditions Plan Sheet W1.2. Existing Conditions Plan Sheet W1.3. Proposed Site Plan, Impacts, and Mitigation Overview Plan Sheet W1.4. Proposed Site Plan, Impacts, and Mitigation Overview Plan Sheet W2.0. Conceptual Grading Plan Sheet W2.1. Conceptual Plant Community Plan Sheet W2.2. Conceptual Plant Community Plan 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page vi Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan CHAPTER I. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose of Report This report is the result of an existing conditions study for a 146-acre project area that is a part of the Federal Way Campus, LLC property (referred to hereinafter as the "Site"). The Site is located in Federal Way, Washington (Figure 1). The Site is comprised of portions of six parcels (King County tax parcel numbers 1621049056, 1521049178, 1621049013, 1621049030, 2285000010, and 7978200420). This report has been prepared to comply with the requirements of the City of Federal Way guidelines. This report will provide and describe the following information: • General property description, • Methodology for critical areas investigation; • Results of critical areas background review and field investigation; • Existing site conditions; • Wildlife assessment; • Regulatory review; • Proposed project discussion; • Project impacts; and • Conceptual mitigation plan. 1.2 Statement of Accuracy Stream and wetland characterizations and ratings were conducted by trained professionals at Talasaea Consultants, Inc., and adhered to the protocols, guidelines, and generally accepted industry standards available at the time the work was performed. The conclusions in this report are based on the results of analyses performed by Talasaea Consultants and represent our best professional judgment. To that extent and within the limitation of project scope and budget, we believe the information provided herein is accurate and true to the best of our knowledge. Talasaea does not warrant any assumptions or conclusions not expressly made in this report, or based on information or analyses other than what is included herein. 1.3 Qualifications Field investigations and evaluations were conducted by Bill Shiels, Principal; Jennifer Marriott, PWS, Senior Ecologist; David R. Teesdale, PWS, Senior Wetland Ecologist; Richard Tveten, Senior Ecologist; and Kristen Numata, Ecologist. Bill Shiels has a Bachelor's Degree in Biology from Central Washington University and a Master's Degree in Biological Oceanography from the University of Alaska. He has over 35 years of experience in wetland delineations and mitigations. Jennifer Marriott has a Bachelor's Degree and a Master's Degree in Biology from University of Central Florida, and a second Master's Degree in Soil and Environmental Science from the University of Florida. She has over 13 years of experience in wetland delineations and environmental permitting. David Teesdale has a Bachelor's Degree in Biology from Grinnell College, Iowa, and a Master's Degree in Ecology from Illinois State University. He has 15 years of experience in wetland delineations and biological evaluations. Richard Tveten has a Bachelor of Science and Master of Science in Biology from 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 1 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan Western Washington University with a focus on terrestrial ecology and fire ecology, respectively. Richard has worked for the public and private sectors for 20 years in wetlands, water quality, and forest management. Kristen Numata has a Bachelor's Degree in Biology and Environmental Science from Santa Clara University. CHAPTER 2.PROPERTY DESCRIPTION 2.1 Property Location and Description The Site is a combination of portions of six parcels currently owned by Federal Way Campus, LLC. The approximate address is 32901 Weyerhaeuser Way South in the City of Federal Way, Washington. The Site is approximately 146 acres in size. The remainder of the associated parcels under Federal Way Campus, LLC ownership are not a part of this project. The Public Land Survey System location of the Site is Sections 16 and 21, Township 21 North, Range 4 East, Willamette Meridian. The topography of the main portion of the Site, west of Weyerhaeuser Way S, is gently sloping downhill from the north to the south. The properties east of Weyerhaeuser Way South slope eastward to North Lake. The Site is bound to the east by North Lake, South 336th Street to the south, and Interstate 5 abuts the western edge of the Site. An office park is located north of the Site. The previous Weyerhaeuser headquarters building is located south of the Site across from Weyerhaeuser Pond. 2.2 Existing Site Development The Site is currently developed with the Weyerhaeuser Tech Center and associated infrastructure including six (6) parking lots, paved roads, gravel access roads and a private trail system that surrounds the building through the adjacent forested areas. A gas pipeline easement extends along the interstate frontage along the west edge of the property, and another gas pipeline extends from the office parcels north of the Site diagonally across the northeast corner of the Site. A stormwater pond is located southwest of the Tech Center and collects runoff from all of the roads and parking areas associated with the Tech Center. This pond discharges south into an artificial channel, now a naturalized stream, before ultimately discharging into Weyerhaeuser Pond. 2.3 Historical Land Uses The land at the north end of North Lake was historically developed as far back as the 1930s, based on accessible historical aerial photographs. The 1936 aerial photograph (www.historicaerials.orq) reflects docks present all along the eastern shore of North Lake as well as around the northwest corner of the lake, along the existing shoreline within the Site. The 1964 aerial photograph (www.historicaerials.org) clearly shows a development of some kind that had multiple docks, buildings, and infrastructure. Evidence of wetland fill is noticeable between the 1936 and 1964 aerial photographs. This facility appears to have been abandoned around the time Weyerhaeuser purchased the property. The 1980 aerial photograph (www.historicaerials.com) seems to show the area being left to vegetate naturally. The previously apparent docks along this section of shoreline are no longer present in current aerial imagery. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 2 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan In addition to the old developments around North Lake, there is evidence of houses and residential areas along the old alignment of South 336t" Street. These areas were maintained through the 1960s, but appear to be overgrown by 1969, and by 1980 this area was completely redeveloped as part of the Weyerhaeuser Campus construction. CHAPTER 3. METHODOLOGY The critical areas analysis of the Site involved a two-part effort. The first part consisted of a preliminary assessment of the Site and the immediate surrounding area using published environmental information. This information includes: 1) Wetland and soils information from resource agencies; 2) Critical Areas information from King County and the City of Federal Way; 3) Orthophotography and LIDAR imagery; and, 4) Relevant studies completed or ongoing in the vicinity of the Site. The second part consisted of site investigations where direct observations and measurements of existing environmental conditions were made. Observations included plant communities, soils, hydrology, and stream conditions. This, information was used to help characterize the site and define the limits of critical areas on -site and off -site for regulatory purposes (see Section 3.2 — Field Investigation below). 3.1 Background Data Reviewed Background information from the following sources was reviewed prior to field investigations: • US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), Wetlands Online Mapper (National Wetlands Inventory, NWI) (USFWS, 2017) (www.wetlandsfws.er.us s. ovlwtlndsllaunch.html); • Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), Web Soil Survey (NRCS, 2017)(www.websoiisurvey.nrcs.usda.gov/app/)- • King County GIS Database (King County, 2017), • Orthophotography from USDA's National Agricultural Imagery Program (NAIP 2017), Earth Explorer (USGS), and Google Earth. • Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife Priority Habitat and Species (PHS) Mapper; • USFWS listed species data; and • National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). 3.2 Field Investigation Talasaea Consultants originally evaluated the Site as part of a larger effort for Federal Way Campus, LLC beginning in December 2015. Talasaea re -verified the wetland boundaries in April 2016 once water levels returned to a normal state after the extremely high rains of December 2015. Brief site evaluations have been conducted since to verify that previously delineated boundaries are still appropriate. Wetland boundaries were evaluated by Ecological Science Associates (ESA) through the City of 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 3 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan Federal Way between April and June 2017 as part of a boundary line adjustment request. Our wetland delineation utilized the routine approach described in the Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual. Western Mountain, Valleys, and Coast Regions (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2010). Plant species were identified according to the taxonomy of Hitchcock and Cronquist (Hitchcock, et al. 1969). Taxonomic names were updated and plant wetland status was assigned according to North American Digital Flora. National Wetland Plant List, Version 2.4.0 (Lichvar, et al. 2012). Wetland classes were determined with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service's system of wetland classification (Cowardin, et al. 1979). Vegetation was considered hydrophytic if greater than 50% of the dominant plant species had a wetland indicator status of facultative or wetter (i.e., facultative, facultative wetland, or obligate wetland). Wetland hydrology was determined based on the presence of hydrologic indicators listed in the Corps' Regional Supplement. These indicators are separated into Primary Indicators and Secondary Indicators. To confirm the presence of wetland hydrology, one Primary Indicator or two Secondary Indicators must be demonstrated. Indicators of wetland hydrology may include, but are not necessarily limited to: drainage patterns, drift lines, sediment deposition, watermarks, stream gauge data and flood predictions, historical records, visual observation of saturated soils, and visual observation of inundation. Soils on the site were considered hydric if one or more of the hydric soil indicators listed in the Corps Regional Supplement were present. Indicators include presence of organic soils, reduced, depleted, or gleyed soils, or redoximorphic features in association with reduced soils. An evaluation of patterns of vegetation, soil, and hydrology was made along the interface of wetland and upland. Wetland boundary points were then determined from this information and marked with wire flags or surveyors tape. Appendix A contains data forms prepared by Talasaea for representative locations in both upland and wetland locations. These data forms document the vegetation, soils, and hydrology information that aided in the wetland boundary determination. CHAPTER 4.RESULTS This section describes the results of our in-house research and field investigations. For the purpose of this report, the term "vicinity" describes an area within 105 feet of the Site. 4.1 Analysis of Existing Information The following sources provided information on site conditions based on data compiled from resource agencies and local government. 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 4 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 4.1.1 USGS Quadrangle The Project Site occurs on the Poverty Bay quadrangle. No features are mapped on the property, however, the quad map indicates North Lake and Weyerhaeuser Pond in close proximity to the Site to the east and south, respectively. Wetlands are shown along the north shoreline of North Lake. No stream features are indicated on this map. 4.1.2 National Wetland Inventory The NWI maps a large wetland complex along the north shoreline of North Lake and a palustrine scrub-shrub/emergent, persistent, seasonally flooded wetland (PSS/EM1C) to the northwest of the Site (Figure 2). The large wetland complex is classified as a palustrine scrub-shrub/emergent, persistent, seasonally flooded (PSS/EMC) wetland adjacent to a palustrine emergent (persistent)/palustrine scrub -shrub, semi -permanently flooded (PEM1/SSF) wetland. One stream is mapped along the southern edge of the property flowing westbound, though this feature is not present in the field. No NWI wetlands are mapped within the Site. 4.1.3 Natural Resources Conservation Service The NRCS maps one type of soil over the majority of the Site, Alderwood gravelly sandy loam, 0 to 8 percent slopes (Figure 3). Alderwood gravelly sandy loam, 8-15% slopes is mapped over a small area in the northwest corner of the Site, while Orcas Peat is mapped over the far eastern portion of the Site near an existing wetland that is adjacent to North Lake. The National Technical Committee on Hydric Soils does not include Alderwood gravelly sandy loam as a hydric soil, though Orcas Peat is identified as a hydric soil. 4.1.4 King County GIS Database King County does not map any critical areas on the Site, but both North Lake and Weyerhaeuser Pond are mapped as wetland units. One 2S stream is indicated as connecting North Lake and Weyerhaeuser Pond off -site. 4.2 Analysis of Existing Conditions — Wetlands The Site west of Weyerhaeuser Way South is currently developed with the former Weyerhaeuser Tech Center and associated infrastructure including parking and stormwater facilities. The buildings and infrastructure were constructed in 1978. Roughly half of the Site contains conifer/deciduous mixed forests, though the forested areas are separated by the roads, trails, and broadly -spaced parking configuration. The stormwater pond on -site collects runoff from much of the existing development; and conveys the treated water downstream through a man-made channel. The channel (identified as Stream AC) flows southward to its confluence with a perennial stream that connects North Lake to the Weyerhaeuser Pond (Figure 4). North Lake abuts the eastern edge of the Site, and is a Shoreline of the State. The areas on the east side of Weyerhaeuser Way South are separated by an access road to a public boat ramp managed by WDFW. North of this boat ramp road are the northern limits of a large wetland complex that extends to North Lake, surrounded by a coniferous forest. A sewer line easement crosses this area and was replanted some time ago. South of the boat ramp road are portions of several wetlands that appear to 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 5 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan collect extra runoff from the roadside ditches associated with the boat ramp road through the winter months. Most of these wetlands are not directly associated with North Lake. The sewer line easement continues across this portion of the property as well. Much of the Site is underlain by glacial till. This dense material frequently possesses inclusions consistent with redoximorphic features except they lack the diffuse boundaries characteristic of active wetland hydrology. This material is also very difficult to dig through for complete soil profiling. In addition, a number of non-native species of trees occur along the existing gravel roads, having been planted over the years. A large area immediately west and southwest of the Tech Center, identified on older maps as an "experimental tree farm," was completely cleared of the native conifers sometime between 1980 and 1990, and replanted primarily with European ash (Fraxinus excelsior) trees. This area has since regrown with the European ash being dominant is some areas, and the remainder dominated by a combination of black cottonwood and red alder with scattered Western red cedar. These areas coincide with the location of many of the delineated wetlands, which are small depressions in the landscape that are likely residual from the clearcutting effort of the 1980s. Talasaea Consultants performed an initial delineation of on -site wetlands beginning in December 2015. Talasaea re -verified the wetland boundaries in April 2016 as the initial delineations were completed after several atypically high rainfall events. Sixty-three wetlands were identified on the Project Site (Appendix E, Sheets W1.0-W1.2). North Lake occurs adjacent to the Site. One man-made stream (Stream AC) connects the existing stormwater pond to Weyerhaeuser Pond off -site to the south. Several ditch - outs and old log skid trails occur through the western woods on -site that hold water during the winter but neither convey water nor meet the wetland definition. The wetland labels are non -sequential as the wetlands were delineated as part of a larger effort. A complete table outlining the wetland classification, size, and other information of all the wetlands can be found in Appendix B. General descriptions can be found below. Photographs of typical conditions within the wetlands, including typical uplands and access roads, are included within Appendix C. Wetlands outside of the Shoreline Management Zone (SMZ) have been rated using the Washington State Wetland Rating System for Western Washington (Ecology Publication # 14-06-029) (Appendix D). Wetlands occurring within the SMZ along North Lake were rated using the rating system outlined in the Federal Way Revised Code (FWRC) Chapter 15.10 Critical Areas. 4.2.1 Wetlands AE, AF and AH Wetlands AE, AF, and AH are small, depressional palustrine emergent wetlands located south of the stormwater pond. Hydrology is provided seasonally by the stormwater pond through surface water and groundwater leakage from the pond, which collects runoff from the entire Weyerhaeuser Tech Center. Typical vegetation includes sedges and rushes, such as soft rush and slough sedge. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 6 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 4.2.2 Wetland AG Wetland AG is a palustrine forested/scrub-shrub wetland located around the stormwater pond. This wetland occurs at the toe of the slope of the berm surrounding the stormwater pond, and it is likely that hydrology comes from groundwater seeping through the berm as well as surface water from the vicinity. This wetland extends south along either side of Stream AC, the artificial discharge of the stormwater pond. Typical vegetation is red alder, black cottonwood, and salmonberry. 4.2.3 Wetlands Al, AL, AJ, AO, AR, AS, AM These wetlands are a series of small slope and depressional wetlands that occur north of South 336t" Street. These herbaceous wetlands are dominated by pasture grasses, typically a mix of rye (Lolium spp.), fescues (Festuca spp.), bentgrasses (Agrostis spp.), velvet grass (Holcus lanatus), sweet vernal grass (Anthoxanthum odoratum), and others. 4.2.4 Wetland AV Wetland AV is a medium sized wetland -upland mosaic located to the west of the Tech Center. Wetland AV is classified as a palustrine forested wetland. Typical species include red alder, salmonberry and creeping buttercup. This is part of an area that was planted with European ash, located in clear rows. This general area has poor drainage due to disturbance over the past few decades that has resulted in ponded water within small depressional pockets through these woods. Many of these pocket wetlands were delineated based on the presence of hydrology and hydric soils as the vegetation across a broad area is facultative. 4.2.5 Wetland BA Wetland BA is a relatively small depressional, forested wetland located adjacent to the boat ramp road. This wetland is partially located within the SMZ. This wetland receives run-off from the boat ramp road, and has a culvert that connects this to the Wetland CD complex on the east side of the boat ramp road. Typical vegetation includes red alder and salmonberry. This wetland is also topographically connected to Wetlands BA-2 and PK at high water levels common through the winter months, though this connection is generally not apparent outside of the winter rainy season. 4.2.6 Wetland BA-2 This small, depressional, shrubby wetland is dominated by salmonberry and other small wetland shrubs. This wetland was formerly part of a larger delineation for Wetland BA, however, after a thorough analysis of this larger area, it was determined that Wetlands BA and BA-2 represented the true wetland components that reflected all 3 parameters of a wetland. The other, discarded areas lacked hydric soils and/or sufficient, long-term hydrology that met the parameters to be considered wetlands. This wetland occurs outside of the SMZ. 4.2.7 Wetland BB This small, depressional, forested wetland is located adjacent to the boat ramp road, and falls within the SMZ. This wetland receives road run-off from the boat ramp road and drains south to Wetland BD North. 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 7 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 4.2.8 Wetland BD -North Wetland BD -North is a large lakeshore wetland associated with North Lake that occurs within the SMZ. The entirety of this wetland extends off -site to the north and to the south. This wetland is mostly forested and is dominated by red alder and salmonberry. Hydrology for Wetland BD -North is supported by the lake, surrounding uplands, and Weyerhaeuser Way South. During the winter site visits, water was observed sheet flowing across the gravel path upslope near Wetlands BE and BF before entering Wetland BD -North. Hydrology for these smaller wetlands appears driven by road run- off from Weyerhaeuser Way South. 4.2.9 Wetland BE Wetland BE is a small slope wetland located on the upslope side of a gravel road that separates Wetland BE from the lakeshore Wetland BD North. This wetland occurs within the SMZ. The dominant vegetation is salmonberry. Hydrology is generally provided by precipitation and shallow groundwater, and this wetland receives run-off from Weyerhaeuser Way South. 4.2.10 Wetland BF Wetland BF is a slope wetland located on the upslope side of a gravel road that separates Wetland BF from the lakeshore Wetland BD North. This wetland occurs within the SMZ. Dominant vegetation is red alder and salmonberry. Hydrology is generally provided by precipitation and shallow groundwater, and this wetland receives run-off from Weyerhaeuser Way South. 4.2.11 Wetland BK Wetland BK is a small palustrine scrub -shrub sloped wetland located between Weyerhaeuser Way South and North Lake. This wetland occurs within the SMZ. Vegetation is dominated by salmonberry. Hydrology is generally provided by precipitation and shallow groundwater, and this wetland receives run-off from Weyerhaeuser Way South. 4.2.12 Wetland BL Wetland BL is a medium palustrine scrub -shrub slope wetland located between Weyerhaeuser Way South and North Lake. This wetland occurs within the SMZ. Vegetation is dominated by salmonberry. Hydrology is supported by precipitation and shallow groundwater, and this wetland receives run-off from Weyerhaeuser Way South. 4.2.13 Wetland BR Wetland BR is a pocket of wetland located west of the stormwater pond. This wetland occurs at the edge of the forested area, immediately east of a gravel road that is used to access this portion of the Site. This wetland is a collection of small depressional pockets that contain soft rush and various sedges, with small areas of salmonberry and red elderberry. Western red cedar and red alder also occur within the wetland. Hydrology is generally provided through the interception of shallow ground water and precipitation. Some overland flow is likely provided from Wetland AG with higher rainfall or higher discharges from the stormwater pond. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 8 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 4.2.14 Wetland BS-North Wetland BS-North is a palustrine forested wetland located in a depression between two parking lots north of the Tech Center. Vegetation within the wetland is dominated by salmonberry, tall manna grass, and soft rush with quaking aspen and red alder present as well. Hydrology for BS-North is supported by parking lot runoff and precipitation. 4.2.15 Wetland BS-South Wetland BS-South is a palustrine emergent wetland located off -site adjacent to Wetland BR. Vegetation is dominated by various grass species with hydrology supported by surface water flows and precipitation. 4.2.16 Wetland CB Wetland CB is a palustrine forested wetland located east of Weyerhaeuser Way South and north of the boat ramp road. Vegetation is dominated by red alder and Oregon ash. Hydrology is supported by precipitation, stormwater discharge from the office park stormwater pond off -site on the west side of Weyerhaeuser Way South, and a non - regulated swale that receives runoff from Weyerhaeuser Way South. 4.2.17 Wetland CD Wetland CD is a palustrine forested and scrub -shrub wetland located partially on -site east of Weyerhaeuser Way South north of the boat ramp road. The majority of this wetland occurs off -site along the east side of the boat ramp, and connects directly to North Lake. Vegetation is dominated by willows, red alder, and salmonberry. The off - site components of this wetland were not evaluated. Hydrology is supported by North Lake, overland flow from the surrounding areas, and precipitation. 4.2.18 Wetland CE This very small depression is located next to Weyerhaeuser Way South and was questionably considered wetland. However, due to an abundance of caution, this area was identified despite its likely presence as a result of a tree failing. 4.2.19 Wetland CG Wetland CG is located on the east side of Weyerhaeuser Way South and is a depressional pocket within the surrounding coniferous forest. This wetland connects to Wetlands BA, BA-2 and PK during periods of high water in the rainy season, though no long-term hydrologic connection is apparent between these wetlands. Wetland CG appears to be a remnant of past logging activities. No vegetation is dominant within this wetland as overall vegetative coverage is less than 20% total and is restricted to small shrubs on hummocks. A dense canopy cover is present due to the adjacent western red cedars, most of which occur outside of the wetland boundaries. 4.2.20 Wetland DE Wetland DE is a large palustrine forested wetland located west of the Tech Center. Vegetation within the wetland is dominated by European ash, soft rush, a variety of sedges and facultative grasses. Hydrology for Wetland DE is provided by precipitation and interception of surface flows. This is part of an area that was planted as part of the Weyerhaeuser Campus experimental tree farm with European ash, located in clear 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 9 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan rows. This general area has poor drainage due to disturbance over the past few decades that has resulted in ponded water within small depressional pockets through these woods. Consolidated till generally occurs near the soil surface which precludes the downward movement of water. 4.2.21 Wetlands DF, DG, DH, and DI Wetlands DF, DG, DH, and DI are a series of wetlands located within the woods between Wetland DE and the Tech Center. These wetlands are classified as palustrine forested, and are dominated by black cottonwood, European ash, Douglas spirea, salmonberry, and Dewey's sedge. Hydrology for these wetlands is provided by precipitation and interception of surface flows. This is part of an area that was planted as part of the former Weyerhaeuser Campus experimental tree farm with European ash, located in clear rows. This general area has poor drainage due to disturbance over the past few decades that has resulted in ponded water within small depressional pockets through these woods. Consolidated till near the soil surface severely restricts the downward movement of water. 4.2.22 Wetland DK Wetland DK is a palustrine scrub -shrub wetland located west of the Tech Center. This wetland is generally dominated by small patches of wetland grasses, sedges, and rushes with trees occurring within proximity to the wetland, but not within the wetland. Hydrology for this wetland is provided by precipitation and interception of surface flows. This is part of an area that was planted as part of the former Weyerhaeuser Campus experimental tree farm with European ash, located in clear rows. This general area has poor drainage due to disturbance over the past few decades that has resulted in ponded water within small depressional pockets through these woods. Consolidated till near the soil surface severely restricts the downward movement of water. 4.2.23 Wetland El Wetland El is a small palustrine forested wetland located northwest of the Tech Center. Vegetation within the wetland is dominated by salmonberry and ruffled starwort. Soils were hydric, and hydrology for this wetland is provided by precipitation and interception of surface flows. 4.2.24 Wetlands EJ, EK, EL, and EM Wetlands EJ, EK, EL, and EM are a cluster of wetlands located northwest of the Tech Center. These wetlands are located within an area dominated by deciduous tree species, the conifers have been logged out years ago. These wetlands are classified as palustrine scrub -shrub and are dominated by salmonberry. Hydrology for Wetlands EJ, EK, EL and EM is provided by precipitation and interception of surface flows. The wetland boundaries were delineated based on the presence of wetland hydrology and hydric soils since many species in the area were facultative wetland species. 4.2.25 Wetland FA Wetland FA is a palustrine scrub -shrub wetland located along the northern property line. The majority of this wetland occurs off -site to the north. Vegetation within the wetland is 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 10 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan dominated by red alder and salmonberry. Hydrology for FA is provided through precipitation and interception of surface flows. 4.2.26 Wetland FB Wetland FB is a palustrine scrub -shrub wetland located along the northern property line in the northeast corner of the property. Vegetation within the wetland is dominated by young Oregon ash and salmonberry. Hydrology for FB is provided through precipitation and interception of surface flows. 4.2.27 Wetland FD Wetland FD is a palustrine forested wetland located north of the Tech Center that abuts a pipeline right-of-way. This wetland resulted from the impoundment of water behind a berm created through the installation of a pipeline across this area. Hydrology for FD is provided through precipitation and interception of surface flows. 4.2.28 Wetland FE Wetland FE is a palustrine forested wetland located north of the Tech Center by the outdoor volleyball court, adjacent to a gravel road. Portions of this wetland appear to have been artificially excavated, and given the location of this feature near the highest point across the Site, this wetland formed through the impoundment of water because the gravel road acts as a berm. Vegetation within the wetland includes red alder, salmonberry, and creeping buttercup. Hydrology for FE is provided through precipitation and interception of surface flows. 4.2.29 Wetland FF Wetland FF is a palustrine scrub -shrub wetland located north of the Tech Center. This wetland resulted from the impoundment of water behind a berm created through the installation of a pipeline across this area. Vegetation within the wetland is dominated by red alder, salmonberry, and lady fern. Hydrology for FF is provided through precipitation and interception of surface flows. 4.2.30 Wetland GB -North Wetland GB -North is a palustrine scrub -shrub wetland located west of the Tech Center. Vegetation within the wetland is dominated by red -osier dogwood and reed canarygrass. Hydrology for GB -North is provided through precipitation and interception of surface flows. 4.2.31 Wetland IA Wetland IA is a slope wetland located in the southwest corner of the Site. This wetland intercepts surface water and shallow subsurface flows from the adjacent hillslopes and conveys the water to a culvert under South 336th Street. This water ultimately flows into Weyerhaeuser Pond. The wetland is dominated by a variety of grasses and sedges. Saturated soil conditions were observed throughout winter and early spring with hydric soil indicators present. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 11 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 4.2.32 Wetlands KA, KB, KC, KID, KF, KG, KH, KI, KJ, KK, KL, KM, KN, KT, KU, KV, KW These wetlands are a series of small slope and depressional wetlands that occur north of South 336th Street. These herbaceous wetlands are dominated by pasture grasses, typically a mix of rye (Lolium spp.), fescues (Festuca spp.), bentgrasses (Agrostis spp.), velvet grass (Holcus lanatus), sweet vernal grass (Anthoxanthum odoratum), and others. 4.2.33 Wetland PG (Previously identified as Wetland BJ) Wetland PG is a large wetland located in the southeastern corner of the site between Weyerhaeuser Way S and North Lake. This wetland is classified as both a palustrine forested and scrub -shrub sloped wetland. The delineation for Wetland PG shrunk after spring evaluations of the area during more normal rainfall patterns. Wetland PG is dominated by red alder and salmonberry. 4.2.34 Wetland PK Wetland PK is part of the former larger delineation of Wetland BA, and is a small forested wetland within a more recently disturbed area. This wetland occurs within an area that lacks the conifer canopy common through much of this portion of the Site. The areas within and around Wetland PK are dominated by red alder and other deciduous trees that are generally younger than the surrounding conifers. 4.3 Analysis of Existing Conditions — Streams and Other Features No natural streams occur within the Site, though a stream connecting North Lake to Weyerhaeuser Pond occurs off -site to the south. A number of man-made depressional features occur across the landscape that neither convey water nor meet the definition of a wetland. These features appear to be remnants from when this forest was logged in the 1980s shortly after the construction of the Tech Center. Some of the features were likely dug for surface water management to ensure the gravel paths through the woods remained free from ponded water. These features rarely connect to wetlands, but where they did, they were delineated as part of the wetland where appropriate. Many of the ditches and swales connect to the on -site stormwater facility in some fashion, either through direct surface connections or via the pipes that drain the roads and parking areas to the on -site stormwater pond. This stormwater pond then discharges through a man-made conveyance (Stream AC) that ultimately flows into Weyerhaeuser Pond through a connection to a natural stream. The combined streams flow for approximately 600 feet before entering the Weyerhaeuser Pond. The Weyerhaeuser Pond then discharges south through a control structure into a buried pipe that is located underneath the former Weyerhaeuser Headquarters Building. The flows from this stormwater pond and associated channel ultimately enter the Hylebos Creek several miles south of the Site (Figure 4). 4.3.1 North Lake North Lake is a Shoreline of the State and is located adjacent to the northeast parcels within the Property. This 50-acre lake is periodically stocked with rainbow trout by WDFW, and has a resident largemouth bass population that is maintained for fishing. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 12 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan While no motorized boats are allowed on this lake, there is a dock at the north end at the WDFW maintained access point. 4.3.2 Weyerhaeuser Pond (off -site) Weyerhaeuser Pond was constructed in conjunction with the former Weyerhaeuser Headquarters building. Weyerhaeuser Pond is located off -site to the south, but is the receiving body for some of the Site stormwater. This pond serves both as a stormwater pond and natural feature that attracts waterfowl and other wildlife. Weyerhaeuser pond does collect runoff from the surrounding areas, as well as from the North Lake. This man-made pond is not a Shoreline of the State. A control structure at the south end of the pond limits the flows out of this pond. A pipe conveys flows out of the pond, underneath the Headquarters building, through the meadow immediately south of the building, before discharging at a headwall located south of the Weyerhaeuser Road, north of Highway 18. 4.3.3 Stream AC A stormwater pond for the Tech Center, located north of the Headquarters building, collects runoff from approximately 2/3 of the Tech Center and surrounding areas. This stormwater pond conveys the treated water downstream through a man-made channel (Stream AC) that extends into the Property before flowing south under South 336th Street to its confluence with Stream HA. The combined streams flow for approximately 600 feet before entering Weyerhaeuser Pond. Weyerhaeuser Pond then discharges south through a structure into a buried pipe that is located underneath the Headquarters building. The flows from this series of streams ultimately enter the Hylebos Creek some two (2) miles south of the Property. This conveyance feature, identified as Stream AC for the purposes of this report, has not been maintained over the years and has become more naturalized, despite the primary source of flow being the stormwater pond discharge. Stream AC starts at the stormwater pond outlet, but also collects water from the adjacent wetlands. The flow regime of this stream is directly tied to the discharges from the stormwater pond. While this feature was artificially created, its connection to fish -bearing waters and naturalization over time ensures that this feature has at least the potential to sustain fish habitat. 4.3.4 Non -regulated Ditches Several ditches and swales have been constructed and are actively maintained across the Property that tie into natural features. A pair of swales (AT1 and AT2) convey water from the sewer line easement north of South 336th Street south to a culvert under South 336th Street, before discharging these waters into Weyerhaeuser Pond. CHAPTER 5.WILDLIFE AND LISTED SPECIES 5.1 Wildlife Surveys and Assessments The Site was evaluated for wildlife habitat and observations of wildlife were recorded during all field visits since December 2015. The general habitat on -site is a blend of small depressional wetlands, 3rd growth Douglas fir forest with a patchy salal/sword fern understory, and a mixed deciduous forest with a primarily salmonberry understory. An 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 13 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan existing stormwater pond occurs adjacent to several wetlands near the west side of the Site, and a naturalized stream originating from the stormwater pond discharge also occurs on -site. North Lake occurs adjacent to the eastern most portion of the project area. No unique habitats occur on -site. Both North Lake and Stream AC have potential habitat for salmonids and other freshwater fish. Both features provide fish habitat at a minimum. Though no fish of any species were observed within Stream AC, North Lake is regularly stocked with rainbow trout, and presumably has many other fish species present. Listed species evaluated for effects include the listed salmonids (Chinook salmon, stealhead, bull trout) to address the potential for downstream water quality impacts. General wildlife observations during field work include: American Robin, Pacific Wren, Canada Goose, Chickadee, Ruby -crowned Kinglet, Red -winged Blackbird, Pileated Woodpecker, Bufflehead, Mallard, American Widgeon, American Crow, American Coot, Pied -billed Grebe, Rufous Hummingbird, mountain beaver (burrows), rabbit, deer, coyote, and bullfrogs. 5.2 Listed Species There are no known listed species occurring on or adjacent to the Site. Listed species (salmonids) do occur downstream in Hylebos Creek, and a bald eagle nest is located more than 1,000 feet SE of North Lake. While bald eagles likely use North Lake for foraging, no direct impacts are proposed to North Lake. Any stormwater discharges would be treated prior to being discharged into North Lake or into downstream waterbodies. North Lake is stocked with rainbow trout. Weyerhaeuser Pond off -site to the south of the Site may also be used by bald eagles for foraging, but this pond has previously been recognized as a large stormwater facility that acts as detention and treatment. Salmonids have not been observed in any of the streams, lake or pond within the greater Federal Way Campus, LLC property. The apparent hindrances restricting salmonid migration into this area appear to be several not -fish -accessible culverts downstream. There is also a long stretch of pipe (roughly 1,600 linear feet) from the Weyerhaeuser pond, under the former Weyerhaeuser headquarters building, to its outlet just north of Highway 18, that is likely problematic for fish passage. The potential for federally or state listed species occurring within the Site is very low. North Lake and the associated streams have the capacity for salmonids to occur, though accessibility from Hylebos Creek is artificially restricted. North Lake is stocked with rainbow trout, at a minimum. While no salmon species have been observed within North Lake or associated streams that does not preclude the potential for their presence. No impacts within the ordinary high water mark for any stream or lake is proposed as part of this project, though maintenance of an existing stormwater structure will be necessary. All stormwater will be treated prior to discharge and conveyance into a fish -bearing water. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 14 Greenline Business Park CHAPTER 6. REGULATORY REVIEW Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 6.1 Federal and State Regulations Wetland impacts on the project site are subject to applicable State and Federal regulations. Wetland impacts are regulated on the Federal level by Sections 404 and 401 of the Clean Water Act. The US Army Corps of Engineers is responsible for administering compliance with Section 404 via the issuance of Nationwide or Individual Permits for any fill or dredging activities within wetlands. Any project that is subject to Section 404 permitting is also subject to requirements of Section 401 of the Clean Water Act (CWA), administered by the Department of Ecology (DOE). Because direct wetland impacts are proposed on the project site, the project would be required to comply with all Section 404 and 401 permitting requirements prior to any construction - related activities that would affect "waters of the US." The project is being evaluated by the Corps for a Nationwide Permit 39. 6.2 City of Federal Way Zoning Code Wetlands and other critical areas in Federal Way located outside of the Shoreline Management Zone (SMZ) are regulated under the Federal Way Revised Code (FWRC) Chapter 19.145. Wetlands identified within the Shoreline Management Zone are addressed under FWRC Chapter 15.10. 6.2.1 Non-SMZ Wetlands Wetlands occurring outside of the SMZ in Federal Way are currently regulated under FWRC 19.145.420. Wetlands regulated under Chapter 19 of the FWRC should be rated using the Washington State Wetlands Rating System for Western Washington (2014). The ratings for wetlands determine the appropriate buffer width requirements as specified in the Federal Way Revised Code. Wetland ratings and rating figures can be found in Appendix D. Wetlands identified within the Site, but outside of the SMZ, typically rated as a Category III or IV with Habitat Scores ranging from three (3) to six (6). Wetland setbacks in the FWRC are determined first by Category and then by Habitat Score (Table 1). See Appendix B for wetland ratings, categories, and standard buffer for all critical areas. Table 1 _ FWRC Wetland Buffer Requirements (FWRC 19.145.420) Wetland Category Wetland Buffer Width based on Habitat Score 3-4 6 6-7 8-9 Category I: Bogs and wetlands of high conservation value 190 feet 190 feet 190 feet 225 feet Category I: Forested and based on function score 75 feet 105 feet 165 feet 225 feet Category II 75 feet 105 feet 165 feet 225 feet Category III 60 feet 105 feet 165 feet 225 feet Category IV 40 feet 40 feet 40 feet 40 feet 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 15 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 6.2.2 Streams Stream AC is classified as a fish -bearing Type F stream. Type F streams under FWRC Chapter 19.145.270 require a 100-foot standard buffer. No other streams occur within the Site that would require buffers. 6.3 Shoreline Management Zone (SMZ) North Lake is listed as a Shoreline of the State, and thus is located within the SMZ for the Department of Ecology and the City of Federal Way. Shorelands extend for 200 feet from the ordinary high water mark (OHWM) for North Lake and include Wetlands BA, BB, BD -North, BE, BF, BK, BL and CD. In addition to a 50-foot lakeshore buffer, these areas along the shoreline of North Lake have extra protections under the SMZ, which require additional coordination for any modifications within this area. Wetlands identified within the Shoreline Management Zone are rated under FWRC Chapter 15.10.250. Instead of a formal rating system, wetlands must meet certain criteria to be classified as either a Category I, Category II, or Category III wetland. Category I wetlands require a 200-foot buffer, while Category II wetlands require a 100- foot buffer. Category III wetlands greater than 10,000 sf require a 50-foot buffer, and wetlands between 2,500 and 10,000 sf require a 25-foot buffer. Category III wetlands smaller than 2,500 sf do not require a buffer under FWRC. See Appendix B for wetland rating, category, and standard buffer. 6.4 Other Linear Features All other man-made depressional features would not require buffers as they are all non - jurisdictional features. CHAPTER 7. PROPOSED PROJECT 7.1 Proposed Project The Applicant proposes to construct approximately 1,068,000 square feet of new warehouse and office space divided amongst three new buildings. The Weyerhaeuser Tech Center will remain, but the existing parking lots will be reconfigured to a more compact arrangement around the Tech Center to maximize space. Associated infrastructure to be constructed includes five (5) new stormwater detention facilities, including reconfiguring the existing stormwater pond, parking for both cars and trucks, and enough maneuvering space for the truck traffic anticipated around these buildings. Portions of 63 wetlands, one (1) stream, and North Lake are located on or adjacent to the site. Construction of the proposed development would directly impact (fill) 13,428 square feet (0.31-acre) of wetlands for the buildings, parking, and stormwater facilities. Four wetlands will be insufficiently buffered, resulting in an additional 4,912 square feet (0.11-acre) of wetland as being considered indirect wetland impacts due to site development encroachments (Appendix E, Sheets W1.3-1.4). No impacts are proposed within the ordinary high water mark of the on -site stream. While no work is proposed within the ordinary high water mark of the stream, work is proposed in proximity to the stream channel to construct new pond outfalls into the 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 16 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan stream buffer. The existing structure will need to be relocated. The east bank stream buffer is proposed to be reduced by 25%, with replacement buffer provided adjacent to the buffer on the west side of the stream. Additionally, the remaining stream buffer on both banks will be vegetatively enhanced through the plantings of native trees and shrubs. No development activities are proposed on or adjacent to North Lake. Wetland creation will occur north of North Lake around existing wetlands. 7.2 Stormwater Treatment Five (5) stormwater ponds (Ponds 1 -5) are currently proposed to address stormwater treatment and detention needs for this Project for the five basins located within the Project Area. A brief description of the stormwater components of this Project are outlined below, though a more in-depth discussion is provided within the Engineering documents. Pond 1 is proposed on the east side of Weyerhaeuser Way South and is designed to handle the existing basin that discharges to North Lake, rather than to Weyerhaeuser Pond like the remainder of the Site. Pond 1 will handle detention only as the incoming water is only coming from standard parking areas, landscaped areas, and a portion of one building. Basic water quality treatment will be provided through the use of Modular Wetlands filter vault or the approved equivalent. This pond will discharge into the wetland creation area proposed within the Site between Weyerhaeuser Way South and North Lake in order to hydrate the wetland creation areas. Ponds 2-5 are located around the western boundaries of the Project Site. One of the ponds (Pond 4) is a reconfiguration of the existing stormwater pond, while the other 3 are new ponds. Ponds 2, 4, and 5 will handle water quality and detention. Modular Wetlands filter vaults, or the approved equivalent, will provide the required two train enhanced water quality treatment. Pond 3 is detention only and will receive clean roof runoff only. Drainage from these four ponds will all ultimately collect within Stream AC and will be conveyed to Weyerhaeuser Pond, consistent with the current condition for most runoff from this developed portion of the Site. We assume that any discharges from our Site will reach ambient temperatures before this water is discharged into a fish -bearing water. The stormwater facilities will be designed to meet current DOE Water Quality Standards. The project will meet or exceed the current stormwater standards, and will be using the 2016 King County Stormwater Manual. The discharge from the proposed permanent stormwater detention ponds will be designed to meet existing, pre - development conditions. An approved National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) and Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (TESCP) and/or Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) will be in place prior to the start of construction and will remain in place throughout all earthmoving activities. The following BMPs are proposed in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP): silt fence and native growth protection 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 17 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan fence (possibly combined into just orange silt fence), stake and wire fence (around dripline of trees to be retained), stabilized construction entrance, two temporary sedimentation ponds, storm drain inlet protection (for existing and proposed open lid catch basins), temporary and permanent seeding, mulching, sodding, dust control, straw waddles, interceptor dike and swales, as well as outlet protection. Other measures may be implemented as deemed appropriate for the site conditions and/or as directed by City inspectors. CHAPTER 8. IMPACT ANALYSIS The proposed site plan has been designed to minimize impacts to critical areas to the greatest extent practicable while meeting the criteria for development of a viable project and conforming to the City of Federal Way standards. In attempting to avoid wetland impacts on this site, several different configurations were evaluated to find the best fit for the project needs. Despite these efforts, some impacts to critical areas are unavoidable in order to achieve an economically viable project. Portions of 63 wetlands, one (1) stream, and North Lake are located on or adjacent to the site. Construction of the proposed development would directly impact (fill) 13,428 square feet (0.31-acre) of wetlands for the buildings, parking, and stormwater facilities. Four wetlands will be insufficiently buffered, resulting in an additional 4,912 square feet (0.11-acre) of wetland as being considered indirect wetland impacts due to site development encroachments (Appendix E, Sheets W1.3-1.4). No impacts are proposed within the ordinary high water mark of the on -site stream. While no work is proposed within the ordinary high water mark of the stream, work is proposed in proximity to the stream channel to construct new pond outfalls into the stream buffer. The existing structure will need to be relocated. The east bank stream buffer is proposed to be reduced by 25%, with replacement buffer provided adjacent to the buffer on the west side of the stream. No development activities are proposed on or adjacent to North Lake. 8.1 Wetland Impacts All of Wetlands BS-North, El, EJ, EK, EL, EM, FD, FE, and FF are proposed to be filled for the construction of the buildings and associated parking (Table 2). Partial fill of Wetlands AG and DE are proposed to be filled for the construction of buildings. Wetlands AE, AH, and CG are proposed to be filled for the construction of stormwater ponds. The remaining wetlands will be retained in their current conditions. All of the wetlands proposed to be impacted are low quality, depressional features that mostly appear to have developed over the past several decades as a result of poor land management practices by the previous property owner. Proposed wetland fill totals 13,428 square feet (0.31-acre). Small portions of Wetlands AG, AV, DE, and GB -North will be insufficiently buffered due to the proposed development, and thus will not be able to have full standard buffers (Table 2). Where portions of the wetland were insufficiently buffered, these were 27 October 2017 Copyright 0 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 18 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan considered indirect impacts and were included within the mitigation plan as if these areas were filled. Indirect impacts comprise another 4,912 square feet (0.11-acre). Tahla 2 Summary of Wetland Impacts Wetland ID 2014 DOE Rating Total Wetland Size (square feet) Wetland Impact Wetland Remaining (square feet) Category Impact Type _ Direct D Indirect (1) Reason for Impact p Square Feet Acreage AE III 239 D Pond 239 0.005 0 AG III 6,397 D Building 2,266 0.052 4,131 1 557 0.013 AH III 712 D Pond 711 0.016 1 AV 111 12,332 1 378 0.009 12,332 BS (N) Ill 2,683 D Building 2,683 0.062 0 CG ! ll 3,458 D Pond 3,458 0.079 0 DE 111 21,554 D Building 820 0.019 20,734 1 3,959 0.091 El IV 175 D Building 175 0.004 0 EJ 111 231 D Building 231 0.005 0 EK III 179 D Building 179 0.004 0 EL III 372 D Building 372 0.009 0 EM III 306 D Building 306 0.007 0 FD IV 686 D Building 686 0.016 0 FE Ill 324 D Building 324 0.007 0 FF IV 978 D Building 978 0.022 0 GB (N) Ili 3,377 1 18 0.000 3,377 Total Direct Fill Impacts 13,428 0.308 Total Indirect Impacts 4,912 0.113 Total Impacts - Direct and Indirect 18,340 0.421 *Acreage is a rounded number calculated based on square footage. 8.2 Temporary Construction Impacts Temporary construction impacts are proposed to 20,498 square feet of wetland buffer on -site to accommodate site grading, as well as an additional 35,689 square feet of pre- existing maintenance roads that are currently located within buffers. Any critical area buffer identified as a temporary buffer impact due to grading will be restored post - construction with native woody tree and shrub species, and will be included within the overall mitigation plan for monitoring and maintenance. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 19 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 8.3 Stream Impacts The buffer on the east side of Stream AC is proposed to be reduced by 25% to 75-feet to accommodate a stormwater detention facility at the southern end of the Site and a small area of building footprint. This buffer reduction totals 12,543 square feet (0.29- acre). This buffer reduction is consistent with what is allowed through current code. The stormwater outfall which currently provides hydrology to Stream AC will be relocated to the south, but water will still enter into Stream AC. Additional hydrology from clean rooftop runoff and other stormwater ponds will be discharged into the north end of Wetland AG and Stream AC to maintain hydrology within these areas that currently get water from the existing stormwater pond. 8.4 Mitigation Sequencing All agencies involved require that a sequence of actions be taken for proposals that will impact wetlands. This is referred to as mitigation sequencing. It is administered under the Washington State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) administered by DOE, as well as under Section 404 of the Federal Clean Water Act, administered by the Corps. The mitigation sequencing requirements are: 1. Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action. 2. Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation, by using appropriate technology or by taking affirmative steps, such as project redesign, relocation, or timing, to avoid or reduce impacts. 3. Rectifying the impact to the critical area by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment to the conditions existing at the time of the initiation of the project 4. Reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action. 5. Compensating for the impact by replacing, enhancing, or providing substitute resources or environments. 6. Monitoring the hazard or other required mitigation and taking remedial action when necessary. During the site planning process, every effort was undertaken to avoid and minimize adverse impacts to critical areas to the maximum extent practicable while still allowing for an economically viable development and conforming to City of Federal Way zoning requirements. However, warehouses have large rectangular footprints that do not lend themselves well to avoiding features. The size and exact locations of the buildings has been adjusted to the greatest extent practicable to minimize wetland impacts. All of the proposed wetland impacts are necessary in order to meet the requirements for building, parking, stormwater facilities, and access for emergency services and trucks. The proposed development plan avoids impacting the largest and best quality of the wetlands. The majority of the wetlands to be filled are generally low -quality depressional systems that appear to have been created by poor land management activities in the last few decades and in conjunction with development over the years in adjacent areas. Every effort was taken to avoid wetlands that rated as higher quality, higher functioning wetlands. 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 20 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 8.5 Mitigation Analysis The 1990 Memorandum of Agreement between the Environmental Protection Agency and the Corps establishes a three part process of mitigation sequencing to help guide mitigation decisions and determine the type and level of mitigation required to comply with Section 404 of the Clean Water Act. Two additional steps are included to ensure that mitigation projects successfully achieve the design goal of no net loss of wetland functions and services. These steps are listed below in order or preference. The mitigation analysis guidelines are listed below, followed by a discussion (in italic text) of how the proposed project meets each criterion. i. Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action; The project cannot avoid impacts to wetlands by avoiding certain actions or parts of actions and still have a viable project. The large, rectangular footprint of the warehouses precludes any creative site planning that might avoid centrally located wetlands. Additionally, necessary project components such as parking, road, landscaping, and stormwater requirements take up additional project area. All of the wetlands proposed to be impacted are low quality, depressional features that mostly appear to have developed over the past several decades as a result of poor land management practices by the previous property owner. Large tracts of wetland will remain in the post -development condition. No impacts are proposed to the stream or North Lake. ii. Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation, by using appropriate technology or by taking affirmative steps, such as project redesign, relocation, or timing, to avoid or reduce impacts; The Greenline Business Park project has been designed to minimize impacts to wetlands and streams to the maximum extent practicable while maintaining a developable area suitable for a viable warehouse distribution project. The size and scope of the necessary building space, infrastructure, and stormwater needs precludes much variability with avoiding wetland and stream impacts. Every effort was taken to avoid higher quality wetlands, and focus the necessary critical area impacts to those lower functioning wetlands. Several site plan reiterations were evaluated to balance the needs of the Project against the constraints of the Site. iii. Rectifying the impact to the critical area by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment to the conditions existing at the time of the initiation of the project; The majority of the affected environment will not be able to be re-established, rehabilitated, or restored, nor are impacts to uplands generally regulated that would require such rehabilitation or restoration. The identified wetland impacts 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 21 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan on the site will be permanent and compensatory mitigation will be provided to offset those impacts. Opportunities do exist to enhance the remaining critical areas on -site through buffer enhancement and restoration, though the majority of the compensatory mitigation will occur within the eastern portion of the Site near North Lake. Changes to the stormwater outfall should have no impact on the hydrology of Stream AC as additional sources of hydrology will be provided to ensure the upper limits of Stream AC and Wetland AG are hydrated. Opportunities to re-establish, rehabilitate, or restore buffer around the Site will be taken where available. Portions of the stream buffer will be restored further downstream, wherever feasible, and small areas of buffer restoration are anticipated where existing trails will be removed. iv. Reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action. Permanent impacts to critical areas cannot be reduced or eliminated over time. However, those critical areas that will remain in proximity to the new development will be protected over time through maintenance of their buffers and ensuring the boundaries are clearly demarcated to prevent human intrusions. Mitigation activities include wetland creation and enhancement and buffer enhancement and restoration. These improvements will be monitored for a minimum of 5 years with maintenance activities continuing beyond this time. These areas are expected to function as a native system and long-term maintenance is expected to be minimal. The stormwater facilities will be maintained as needed in the long-term. V. Compensating for the impact by replacing, enhancing, or providing substitute resources or environments. The Project proposes to compensate for wetland impacts by creating wetlands adjacent to existing wetlands, further outlined in Chapter 9 below. Additionally, proposed buffer restoration and enhancement on the Site will provide ecological benefits to the adjacent critical areas. Temporary impacts due to construction activities will be restored after construction to their pre -construction condition. Additionally, stream buffer enhancement is proposed adjacent to Stream AC within areas currently maintained as grassy fields. vi. Monitoring the hazard or other required mitigation and taking remedial action when necessary. The proposed on -site mitigation requires a performance monitoring and maintenance program for a minimum of 5 years for the proposed wetland creation and buffer enhancement/restoration. The monitoring and maintenance plan will include goals and objectives for the mitigation plan, success criteria for which the mitigation will be assessed, a contingency plan in case of failure, and proof of a written contract with a qualified professional who will perform the 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 22 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan monitoring program. The monitoring program requires at least two (2) site visits per year by a qualified professional, with annual progress reports submitted to the Planning Official and all other agencies with jurisdiction. 8.6 Indirect Wetland Impact Analysis Wetlands in Washington State, Volume 2: Guidance for Protecting and Managing Wetlands (2005, Ecology Publication #05-06-008) identifies four (4) primary factors that should be considered when determining an appropriate buffer width: • Quality, sensitivity, and functions of the aquatic resource; • Nature of adjacent land use activity and its potential for impacts on the aquatic resource; ■ Character of the existing buffer area (including soils, slope, vegetation, etc.); and • Intended functions of the buffer. The below discussion outlines the existing and proposed conditions for the four wetlands anticipated to be indirectly impacted. In addition to this comparison and discussion of the impacted buffers, the portions of the wetlands identified as insufficiently buffered will be mitigated for, as if they were filled. This will ensure that the potential functions of these wetlands that are lost through the development will be thoroughly compensated. 8.6.1 Quality, sensitivity, and functions of the aquatic resource The aquatic resources of concern are Wetlands AG, AV, DE, and GB -North - These wetlands appear to have been inadvertently created through human disturbances. Wetland AG occurs at the toe of slope of the berm around the existing stormwater pond, and it appears to receive hydrology via seepage from the pond through the berm, as well as through interception of surface and subsurface flows from the surrounding uplands. Species diversity within the wetland is low with typical plant species including salmonberry with red alder. Almost no herbaceous vegetation occurs within the wetland. Wetland AG wraps around the base of the stormwater pond berm, and Stream AC begins around the central portion of the wetland, where the existing stormwater pond outfall is located. The stormwater pond outfall greatly increases the baseflow and hydrology to Wetland AG. Wetland DE occurs over an area that was clear-cut back in the 1980s and 1990s, and where European ash was replanted. These ash trees are non-native, and are planted in very clear rows. Wetland AV occurs within an area that is surrounded by roads on 3 sides causing water ponding before exiting into the existing stormwater system. Wetlands AV and DE occur where soil conditions and drainage are poor, a direct result of the unconsolidated till near the soil surface. As many of the plants within these areas were facultative, a 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 23 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan combination of soils and hydrology were the determining factors for establishing wetland boundaries. Wetland GB -North is located adjacent to a gravel road near Wetland DE. Wetland GB -North is a linear, depressional area that likely resulted from the former land use activities on this property. This is not a natural wetland system that holds water within the winter/spring months and, as a result, hydrophytic vegetation has thrived within this feature. Wetlands AG, AV, DE, and GB -North are not unique systems nor sensitive systems, but rather are low -quality wetlands that generally only function for water quality and water storage. These wetlands do provide limited opportunities for habitat features for commonly occurring species, but do not provide habitat for any listed species. While none of these wetlands are near an open body of water, Stream AC does enter Wetland AG just south of the proposed direct impacts. No wildlife was observed using these wetlands directly, though bullfrogs were identified within Stream AC near Wetland AG. Several species of songbird were observed across the Site. Mountain beaver holes were observed at several locations nearer the Douglas fir on -site, and a coyote was observed on -site. There is a known coyote den off -site to the south and west of the Site near the rhododendron garden (approximately 3,000 feet from the subject wetland). 8.6.2 Nature of adjacent land use activity and its potential for impacts on the aquatic resource The area in and around the Project Site is zoned as Commercial Park (CP-1), and allows for corporate offices, research facilities, warehousing and distribution, production and light assembly of goods, etc. While there are large areas of undeveloped land in proximity to the Site, all of this land has the potential to be developed into land uses consistent with the CP-1 zoning. The adjacent areas to the north are already developed as office park, as well as the existing Tech Center on -site. The proposed Project is within the parameters of the current zoning for the Site. Full buffers are being provided around all non -impacted critical areas, or appropriate compensation to off -set any lost functions. The remaining buffers will protect these remaining wetlands from future human intrusions, as will the removal of the gravel road that occurs in close proximity. 8.6.3 Character of the existing buffer area (including soils, slope, vegetation, etc.) The existing buffer adjacent to Wetland AG is a mix of a native trees and shrubs. Typical species present within the understory include salmonberry, and young red alder. The canopy is primarily red alder and black cottonwood with some western red cedar present. Douglas fir are present at the higher (drier) elevations on the site. Consolidated till occurs typically at fairly shallow depths throughout this area. Wetland AG is located around the base of the berm around 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 24 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan the existing stormwater pond. There is a gravel path along the top of this berm, as well as gravel trails in close proximity to Wetland AG. The northeast most point of Wetland AG is located at the edge of the asphalt ring road around the Tech Center. There are no steep slopes in the area, and the area within the buffer is gently sloping towards the east and south, more or less, with minor variations in the contours present on -site. The existing buffer adjacent to Wetlands DE & GB -North is a mix of a native trees and shrubs though a gravel road with adjacent road -side ditches separate these two wetlands. Typical species present within the understory include salmonberry and young red alder. The canopy is primarily red alder and black cottonwood with some western red cedar present. Douglas fir are present at the higher (drier) elevations on the site. Consolidated till occurs typically at fairly shallow depths throughout this area. There are no steep slopes in the area, and the area within the buffer is gently sloping from north to south, more or less, with minor variations in the contours present on -site. Wetland AV occurs near Wetland DE and is similar in landscape position and cover, though Wetland AV is vegetated mostly with salmonberry. The buffer for Wetland AV is the most limited of these wetlands paved and gravel roads surround this feature on three sides, leaving little native vegetation behind. 8.6.4 Intended functions of the buffer The existing buffer functions primarily for protection against water quality concerns, as well as protecting the wetland from potential contaminants from the adjacent land uses. The designed stormwater treatment system for the proposed development will address and compensate for most, if not all, water quality functions performed by the existing upland buffer. The incorporation of a full stormwater management system for the new development will greatly contribute towards the protection of all remaining wetlands from water quality impacts. Wetland AG will continue to receive the discharge from the stormwater pond, consistent with the current condition, with additional water added to the north end of Wetland AG to compensate for the adjustment of outfall location anticipated for the proposed project. The remainder of Wetland DE will continue to receive runoff from the surrounding areas. Wetlands AG, AV, DE, and GB -North will be maintained as part of a larger forested buffer corridor that will connect these wetlands through a City -required 100-foot forested buffer along Interstate-5 and with other undeveloped areas so that a corridor will be formed that local wildlife can use. Based on the foregoing details, we feel we can achieve the equivalent buffer functions through the construction and management of the proposed stormwater management plan and densely vegetated planted buffer. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 25 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan CHAPTER 9. CONCEPTUAL MITIGATION PLAN 9.1 Agency Policies and Guidance The proposed mitigation plan was designed in accordance with the policies and guidance provided in the following documents: The Washington State Department of Ecology (DOE) Publication #06-06-011a, Wetland Mitigation in Washington State — Part 1: Agency Policies and Guidance, and Part 2: Developing Mitigation Plans (Version 1), dated March 2006; The Federal Compensatory Mitigation for Losses of Aquatic Resources Final Rule (Title 33 CFR 325 and 332, April 10, 2008), and Title 40 CFR 230.93), effective June 9, 2008; and Critical Areas Regulations set forth in the Federal Way Revised Code (FWRC) Chapter 19.145 Environmentally Sensitive Areas, and Chapter 15 Shoreline Management (City of Federal Way, 2017). The objective of the mitigation is to offset the direct and indirect wetland impacts resulting from complete or partial filling of wetlands as outlined in Table 2. 9.2 Standard Mitigation Measures The following standard mitigation measures will be taken for all non -impacted wetland, stream, and buffers post -construction. • Lights — Lighting around parking areas will be directed away from the remaining wetlands on -site. • Noise — The remaining wetlands are already located within an area that is regularly used by pedestrians and dogs. Much of this foot traffic will be rerouted away from the wetland complexes remaining on -site. • Toxic Runoff/Stormwater runoff/change in water regime - A new stormwater system designed to the current King County standards will be installed for this project. All runoff from the project site will be routed through the stormwater system. Clean roof runoff will be routed as well to the remaining wetlands, as needed, through their adjacent buffers to hydrate the wetland systems in the post -development condition. • Pets and Human Disturbance — Critical area fencing will be added to the remaining wetland and buffer areas to prevent human intrusions into the buffer/wetland areas. Pets and children are not expected on or near the Site as this is a commercial development. 9.3 Project Site Mitigation Details Mitigation measures for the proposed development include wetland creation, Wetland enhancement, wetland buffer restoration, and wetland and stream enhancement (Appendix E, Sheets W1.3 — W2.2): 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 26 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan • Wetland Creation 36,023 square feet • Wetland Enhancement 2,020 square feet • Wetland Buffer Creation 98,168 square feet • Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration 35,689 square feet • Stream Buffer Enhancement 94,266 square feet • Stream Buffer Replacement 14,489 square feet 9.4 Watershed Approach Selecting a mitigation site using a watershed approach is a step -wise process of determining both the suitability and sustainability of a potential mitigation site within the landscape. The process aims to guide potential mitigation to those areas within the landscape where success is most likely to occur. The process is outlined in "Selecting Wetland Mitigation Sites Using a Watershed Approach" (Hruby, et al., 2009). A watershed plan does not exist for this area. This mitigation site was chosen based on its availability (under same ownership) as well as its connectivity to other critical areas, consistent with the watershed approach. 9.5 Proposed Mitigation Plan Mitigation for the proposed wetland impacts will be achieved through wetland creation and enhancement and buffer creation to replace the functions and values of the wetlands impacted by the development (Appendix E, Sheets W1.3 — W2.2). The acreage of mitigation for direct wetland impacts was derived using the ratios provided within Table 1 a of Chapter 6.5 of Wetland Mitigation in Washington State Pan` 1: Agency Policies and Guidance (Ecology Publication #06-06-011 a), which are consistent with those provided within FWRC Chapter 19.145.430(5), and reflected in Table 3 below. 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 27 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan Table 3. Summary of Wetland Creation Required Wetland ID 2014 DOE Rating Wetland Impact Impact Type - Square Direct (D) Feet Indirect (1) Wetland Creation Category DOEIFWRC Ratios for Creation Square feet of Creation Required to offset impact AE III D D 239 2:1 478 AG III 2,266 2:1 4,532 1 557 2:1 1,114 AH III D 711 2:1 1,422 AV III 1 378 2:1 756 BS (N) III D 2,683 2:1 5,366 CG III D 3,458 2:1 6,916 DE III D 820 2:1 1,640 1 3,959 2:1 7,918 El IV D 175 1.5:1 263 EJ III D 231 2:1 462 EK III D 179 2:1 358 EL III D 372 2:1 744 EM III D 306 2:1 612 FD IV D 686 1.5:1 1,029 FE III D 324 2:1 648 FF IV D 978 1.5:1 1,467 GB (N) III 1 18 2:1 36 Totals 18,340 35,761 9.5.1 Wetland Creation A large wetland complex will be created around Wetlands BA-2 and PK in the vicinity of North Lake. Palustrine emergent, scrub -shrub, and forested wetland will be created. Wetland creation will include the following measures: 1) Clearing and grubbing all invasive, non-native weedy species in the wetland creation areas; 2) Grading to create a series of shallow depressions within upland areas. Hydrology will be provided by grading down to the early growing season groundwater elevation and using stormwater runoff associated with Greenline Business Park; 3) Installation of habitat features such as rootwads, down logs, stumps, and snags with bird nesting and bat roosting boxes; and 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 28 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 4) Planting a variety of wet -adapted native tree, shrub, and emergent species to provide structural diversity and increased species diversity to the wetland system. The proposed wetland creation will integrate the hydrology of the proposed stormwater discharge into a meandering wetland system before allowing the water to discharge south towards North Lake through Wetland BD. Great care has been taken to avoid larger existing trees and to incorporate the existing trees into the mitigation design. The mitigation grading concept includes an area east of the required wetland creation area to demonstrate that the hydrologic connection between the required wetland creation area and Wetland BD to the south. This additional mitigation area will be part of a future mitigation project for Greenline Warehouse A for Corps -required mitigation. 9.5.2 Wetland Enhancement Wetlands BA-2 and PK will be enhanced through plantings of native woody trees and shrubs as part of the wetland creation activities. 9.5.3 Wetland Buffer Creation Wetland buffer creation is proposed around the wetland creation area. Wetland buffer enhancement will include the following measures: 1) Clearing and grubbing all toxic and invasive species; 2) Removal of man-made features, where necessary; 3) Placement of topsoil where necessary; 4) Placement of habitat features such as rootwads, down logs, stumps, and snags with bird nesting and bat roosting boxes; 5) Installation of 3 inches of bark mulch in all bare soil areas; 6) Planting a variety of native deciduous and evergreen tree and shrub species; and 7) Installing critical area fencing and signs at buffer boundaries where required. 9.5.4 Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration Buffer restoration will occur around the on -site remaining stream and wetlands through the removal of an existing gravel road and by restoring buffer temporarily impacted through site grading activities. Wetland buffer restoration will include the following measures: 1) Remove passive recreational trail/gravel access road; 2) Scarify soils and amend with topsoil from on -site sources as necessary, 3) Installation of habitat features such as rootwads, down logs, stumps, and snags with bird nesting and bat roosting boxes; 4) Installation of 3 inches of bark mulch in all bare soil areas; 5) Planting a variety of native deciduous and evergreen tree and shrub species; and 6) Installing critical area fencing and signs at buffer boundaries where required. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 29 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan 9.5.5 Stream Buffer Enhancement The Stream AC buffer will be enhanced where native woody vegetation is currently lacking to provide improved buffer functions. Stream buffer enhancement will include the following measures: 1) Clearing and grubbing all toxic and invasive weedy species, 2) Scarify soils and amend with topsoil from on -site sources as necessary; 3) Installation of habitat features such as rootwads, down logs, stumps, and snags with bird nesting and bat roosting boxes; 4) Installation of 3 inches of bark mulch in all bare soil areas, 5) Planting a variety of native deciduous and evergreen tree and shrub species; and 6) Installing critical area fencing and signs at buffer boundaries where required. 9.5.6 Performance Monitoring and Maintenance All mitigation components will be monitored for a minimum of 5 years, consistent with agency requirements to ensure compliance with detailed performance objectives. Upon preliminary approval of this conceptual mitigation design, a final mitigation plan will be prepared that outlines the performance objectives, as well as detailed elements of the mitigation plan installation, long-term monitoring and maintenance, contingency plans, and others. Critical area fencing will be placed at the perimeter of the mitigation areas as needed to ensure pedestrian and pet traffic is restricted into the designated mitigation areas. CHAPTER 10. SUMMARY The Greenline Business Park Site is an approximately 146-acre assemblage of portions of six parcels located within the City of Federal Way in King County, Washington. The (former) Weyerhaeuser Tech Center already occurs within the Site with associated parking, paved roads, existing gravel access roads, and trails for passive recreation are present on -site. Talasaea Consultants performed an initial delineation of on -site wetlands beginning in December 2015. Talasaea re -verified the wetland boundaries in April 2016 as the initial delineations were completed after several atypically high rainfall events. Sixty-three wetlands were identified on the Project Site. North Lake occurs adjacent to the Site. One man-made stream (Stream AC) connects the existing stormwater pond to Weyerhaeuser Pond off -site to the south. Wetlands and other critical areas in Federal Way located outside of the Shoreline Management Zone (SMZ) are regulated under the Federal Way Revised Code (FWRC) Chapter 19.145. Wetlands identified within the Shoreline Management Zone are addressed under FWRC Chapter 15.10. The Applicant proposes to construct approximately 1,068,000 square feet of new warehouse and office space divided amongst three new buildings. The Weyerhaeuser Tech Center will remain, but the existing parking lots will be reconfigured to a more compact arrangement around the Tech Center to maximize space. Associated 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 30 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan infrastructure to be constructed includes five new stormwater detention facilities, including reconfiguring the existing stormwater pond, parking for both cars and trucks, and enough maneuvering space for the truck traffic anticipated around these buildings. Due to the size of the proposed buildings, required parking and stormwater, direct and indirect impacts to some wetlands and buffer encroachments are unavoidable. Portions of 63 wetlands, one stream, and North Lake are located on or adjacent to the site. Construction of the proposed development would directly impact (fill) 13,428 square feet (0.31-acre) of wetlands for the buildings, parking, and stormwater facilities. Four wetlands will be insufficiently buffered, resulting in an additional 4,912 square feet (0.11-acre) of wetland as being considered indirect wetland impacts due to site development encroachments. No impacts are proposed within the ordinary high water mark of the on -site stream. While no work is proposed within the ordinary high water mark of the stream, work is proposed in proximity to the stream channel to construct new pond outfalls into the stream buffer. The existing structure will need to be relocated. The east bank stream buffer is proposed to be reduced by 25%, with replacement buffer provided adjacent to the buffer on the west side of the stream. No development activities are proposed on or adjacent to North Lake. Mitigation proposed • Wetland Creation 36,023 square feet • Wetland Enhancement 2,020 square feet • Wetland Buffer Creation 98,168 square feet ■ Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration 35,689 square feet ■ Stream Buffer Enhancement 94,266 square feet • Stream Buffer Replacement 14,489 square feet All critical area mitigation will be constructed prior to or concurrent with site development activities. A final mitigation plan will be prepared and submitted once preliminary concurrence has been provided for this conceptual mitigation plan. Performance monitoring will extend for a minimum of 5 years over all elements of the mitigation plan. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 31 Greenline Business Park CHAPTER 11. REFERENCES Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F.C. Golet, and E.T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats of the United States. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior. FWSOBS-70/31. Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. Technical Report Y-87-1, US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Miss. Hitchcock, C.L., and A. Cronquist. 1973. Flora of the Pacific Northwest. University of Washington Press. 730 pp. Hruby, T. 2014. Washington State Wetland Rating System for Western Washington. 2014 Update. Washington State Department of Ecology Publication # 14-06-029. Lichvar, R.W., D.L. Banks, W.N. Kirchner, and N.C. Melvin. 2016. The National Wetland Plant List: 2016 wetland ratings. Phytoneuron 2016-30: 1-17. Published 28 April 2016. ISSN 2153 733X Munsell Color. 1988. Munsell Soil Color Charts. Kollmorgen Instruments Corp., Baltimore, Maryland. Soil Survey Staff, Natural Resources Conservation Service, United States Department of Agriculture. Web Soil Survey. Available online at http://websoilsurvey.nres.usda.gov/. Accessed [September 2017]. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 2010. Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual: Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region. Wetland Regulatory Assistance Program. ERDC/EL TRA 0-3 U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 1989. National Wetlands Inventory Map, Poverty Bay Quadrangle. Washington State Department of Ecology. March 1997. Washington State Wetland Identification and Delineation Manual. Washington State Department of Ecology. Water Quality Assessment and 303(d) List. 2016. www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/303d (accessed September 2017). Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife [Map Online], Olympia (WA): SalmonScape [September 2017]. URL- <hftp//wdfw.wa.gov/mapping/salmonscape/index.html> Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2016. Priority Habitats and Species Database [online], Olympia, WA. [accessed September 2017]. <www.wdfw.wa.gov/mapping/phs/> 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 32 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan FIGURES Figure 1 —Vicinity Map & Driving Directions Figure 2 — National Wetlands Inventory Map Figure 3 — NRCS Soil Map Figure 4 — Hydrologic Connections Overview 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Page 33 The Commons At Federal Way O 99 L•� T 2 P 3 U ,IT'rs CORNER Jw— :n Itil si 4ti Q Pacific Bonsai M 9 PROJECT AREA = 7 y i NORTH t LAKE A { sl� S 342nd S. S 3.14th St n n �n c r S swath �1 W R S S 340th Ss i DRIVING DIRECTIONS: I. FROM DOWNTOWN SEATTLE TAKE I-5 SOUTH FOR 10.5 MILES. 2. USE THE 2ND LANE FROM THE RIGHT TO TAKE EXIT 143 FOR S 320TH ST TOWARD FEDERAL WAY 3. TAKE A SHARP LEFT ONTO S 320TH ST. 4. IN 0.5 MILES TURN RIGHT ONTO WEYERHAEUSER WAY S 5. YOUR DESTINATION WILL BE ON THE R16HT. F16URE # I TALASAEA CONSULTANTS, INC. VIGINITY MAP ff DRIVIN6 DIRECTIONS Resource & Environmental Planning 6REENLINE BUSINESS PARK 15020 Hear Creel: Road Norlheast FEDERAL WAY, WASHINGTON Woodinville, Washington 98077 Bus (d25)861-7550 — Fax (425)H61-7519 NORTH SCALE: NTS DESIGN I DRAWN I PROJECTI, KM 15-72G SCALE NTS DATE ci-20-201-1 REVISED © Copyright — Tala.saea Consultants, INC' TYPE DESCRIPTION PEMI/SSF PALUSTRINE EMERGENT PERSISTENT/SCRUB-SHRUB SEMI PERMANENTLY FLOODED PSS/EMIG PALUSTRINE SCRUB-SHRUB/EMERGENT PERSISTENT SEASONALLY FLOODED SOURCE: U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, (NOV 2016). NATIONAL WETLANDS INVENTORY HEBSITE, U.S. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR, FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, HASHINGTON D.G. http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/data/wetland-codes.html NORTH SCALE: NTS TALASAEA CONSULTANTS, INC. Resource & Environmental Planning 15020 Bear Creel: Road NortheasL Woodinville, NashingLon 98077 Bus (-425)861-7550 — Fay (425)861-7549 FIGURE #2 DESIGN I DRAWN I PROJECT KM 1572G SCALE NATIONAL WETLANDS INVENTORY MAP NTS GREENLINE BUSINESS PARK DATE FEDERAL WAY, HASHIN6TON q-20-2017 REVISED CQ Copyright — Talasaea C'onsulLants, INC. _-'/ a/<O - P Or Ej LEGENr:) TYPE DESGRI PTION SLOPES AgB ALDERV400D GRAVELLY SANDY LOAM, O TO b PERGENT SLOPES AgG ALDERWOOD GRAVELLY SANDY LOAM, 5 TO 15 PERGENT SLOPES W WATER Or ORGA5 PEAT SOURGE: SOIL SURVEY STAFF, NATURAL RESOURCES GONSERVATI ON SERV I GE, UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRIGULTURE, WEB SOIL SURVEY. AVAILABLE ONLINE AT http://websoflsurvey.nrr-s.usdo.gov/. AGGE55ED NORTH I-Ij L111 SGALE: NTS DESIGN DRAWN PROJECT FIGURE #3 <M 115-12G TALASAEA SCAU CONSULTANTS, INC. NRG5 SOIL MAP NTS J Resource & Environmental Planning GREENLINE BUSINESS PARK DATE 15020 Bear Creek Road Northeast FEDERAL WAY, WASHINGTON CI-20-2017 Woodinville, Washington 96077 Bus (425)861-7550 — Fax (-425)861-75d9 REVISED © Copyright — Talasaea Consultants, INC. a M 0 0 z `o N 111L DRAINAGE BA51N BOUNDARY PER ORIGINAL M& BUILDING PLAN A 10, W ZZ STORMNATER POND OFF51TE STREAM (F) YNqE RHAE`U5ER TALASAEA FIGURE #4 NORTH I AeM PROPOSED MITIGATION SITE FLAN Lr=6r=Nr;) PRO-JEGT LIMITS EXISTING WETLAND EXISTING HATER FEATURE APPROX. STREAM CENTERLINE — — — — — — APPROX. PIPED STREAM APPROX. FLOW 01REGTION OF SURFACE WATER C GRAPH r-, SCALE IN FEET O400 b00 Irboo SCALE: I 800' IDESIGN I DRAWN KM SCALE CONSULTANTS, INC. HTDROLOOIC, GONNEGTIONS OVERVIEW AS SHOWN Resource & Environmental Planning OREENLINE BUSINESS PARK DATE 15020 Bea'- Creel; Road -NorLheast FEDERAL NA1-, HASHINGTON q-20-2017 Woodinville. Washington 98077 _ Dus (42�,)861 - , 550 - Fax (125)861-7549 REVISED NORTH ORTH CT PROJECT P OJ 1 7 � 5-72C, 4,� CopyrighL Talasaea Consultants, INC. fl/ Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan APPENDIX A WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORMS, TALASAEA CONSULTANTS, 2016 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Appendix A WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/KingWay/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federall Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: AV-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16 T21N RAE Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Terrace Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 1 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.306750 Long:-122.298169 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: Located uphill from wetland nt Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolule Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) ° C ver Species? Status 1. Acermacrophyllum 40 Y FACU 2. Popu/us tremuloides 35 Y FACU 3. 4. 75 = Total Cover SaplinplShrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. Rubus spectabilis 45 Y FAC 2. Rubus armeniacus 25 Y FAC 3. Oemleria cerasiformis 10 N FACU 4. 5. 80 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Dicentra formosa 20 Y FACU 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 20 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. None 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 80 % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks: nt reatu res, etc. Yes ❑ No Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 40 (A/B) Prevalence Index works heet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is <_3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: AV-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color moist % Type' Loe Texture Remarks 0-1 1-10 10YR 2/2 100 10-16 10YR 3/2 100 Loam Loam 'Tvoe: C=Concentration. D=Deoletion. RM=Reduced Matrix. CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (All) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al 2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: No redox features present HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Linino. M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils' ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that aooly) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) I ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (610) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches). Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 16 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No ED (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available Record rainfall in recent months. Saturation occurred below 12" depth. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal WaylKing Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal] Way Cam us LLC State: WA Sampling Point: AV-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial Till Plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave de ression Slope (%): <1 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.306750 Long:-122.298169 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy _Loam. 0 to 8 nprrpnt slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing v Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes E No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes E No ❑ i Remarks: Wetland is a disturbed area flanked byroads on 3 sides which nt locations, transacts, important features, etc. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes E No ❑ slowed drainage of the area. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 3� % Cover Species? Status 1. A/nus rubs 70 Yes FAC 2. Popu/us tremu/oides 20 Yes FACU 3. 4. Saolina/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 2. 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. None 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_ffl) 1. None 2. 90 = Total Cover 50 Yes FAC 50 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 100 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of- Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species 100 x 3 = 300 FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: 100 (A) 300 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A= 3 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: E Dominance Testis >50% E Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: AV-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type, LocZ Texture Remarks 0-13 10YR 211 100 silty loam OM oresent 13-16 10YR 5/1 80 10YR 5/8 20 C M Silt Prominent 'Type; C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils' ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ® Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: OM present in upper horizon but insufficient qualities to be muck. Carbon content doesn't feel high enough -no organic carbon to HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators_ (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary IndicalorSL ar more required) ❑ Surface Water (At) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) (except MLRA 1, 2, ® Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46) 4A, and 4B)) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (811) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (613) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 4 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: TAL-1572 City/County: Federal Wav]King County Sampling Date:1V1912015 Applicant/Owner: IRG/Weyerhauser State: WA Sampling Point: BA-UPL1 Investigator(s): JMM DRT Section, Township, Range: S15 T21N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Hillslo a Local relief (concave, convex, none): Convex Slope (%): 8-10% Subregion (LRR): LRR-A Lat: 47.309777 Long:-122.289189 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel sandy loam 0-8% slopes NWI classification: PFO/PSS Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site ma Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No CK Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Slraturn (Plot size: 1. A/nus rubra 2. Pseudotsuga menziesd 3. Thuja plicata 4. Saplinq/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 1. Gau/theria shallon 2. A/nus rubrd 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: nt locations, transects, important features, etc. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No JE Absolute Dominant Indicator % Co_v_er Species? Status 20 Y FAC 15 Y FACU 5 N FAC 40 = Total Cover 75 Y FACU 5 N FAC 80 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Cover of Biotic Crust Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: i (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 33 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multi ly by-. OBL species 0 x 1 = 0 FACW species 0 x 2 = 0 FAC species 30 x 3 = 90 FACU species 90 x 4 = 360 UPL species 0 x 5 = 0 Column Totals: 120 (A) 450 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.75 1 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: BA-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-8 10YR 2/1 100 Sandy loam Diaoina around rocks 'Type: C=Concentration. D=DeDletion, RM=Reduced Matrix. CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 'Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No I Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one reauired: check all that aooly) Secordwy Indicators 2 or more re uired ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, ❑ Water Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46) 4A, and 413)) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) []Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (includes caoillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available Remarks: No indicators of wetland hydrology despite unusually wet conditions. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: TAL-1572 —City/County: Federal WaylKing County Sampling Date:1211912015 Applicant/Owner: 1RG/Wa erhauser State: WA Sampling Point: BA-WET1 Investigator(s): JMM. DIRT Section, Township, Range: S15 T21N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depressional Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): Subregion (LRR): LRR-A Lat: 47.309768 Long:-122289239 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel sandy loam. 0-8% slopes NWI classification: PFOIPSS Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size: LO) % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Alnus rubra 15 Y FAC That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2 Total Number of Dominant 3. Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 15 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15) Prevalence Index worksheet: 1. A/nus rubra 45 Y FAC 2. Spiraea douglasii 40 Y FACW Total % Cover of- _ Multiply by: 3. Rubus spectabilis 5 N FAC OBL species 0 x 1= 0 4 FACW species 0 x 2= 0 5 FAC species 0 x 3= 0 90 = Total Cover FACU species 0 x 4 = 0 Herb Stratum (Plot size: fj) UPL species 0 x 5 = 0 1. Column Totals: 0 (A) 0 (a) 2. 3 Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 4 5 ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' 6 ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting 7 data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8. ❑Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 0 =Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 1 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. 0 = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum % Cover of Biotic Crust Present? Yes M No ❑ Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: BA-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 'T De: C=Concentration. D=De letion. RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 'Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Cannot dig within the feature, soils look dark but disperses into the ponded water and turn to mud before they can be described. Indicators are assumed from strong hydrologic indicators. Soils too wet. HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one reouired: check all that aoDly) Secondary Indicators (2 or more reouired) ® Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) (except MLRA 1, 2, ® Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) 4A, and 413)) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Drift Deposits (83) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (66) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (67) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (68) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 8 Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Unusually wet weather. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: TAL-1572 City/County: Federal Way/King County_Sampling Date:12/19/2015 Applicant/Owner: IRG/Weverhauser State: WA Sampling Point: BB-UPL1 Investigator(s). JMM. DRT Section, Township, Range: S15 T21N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Terrace Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 2-3 Subregion (LRR): LRR-A Lat: 47.309067 Long: -1 22 289319 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel sandy loam 0-8% slopes NWI classification: PFO Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site ma Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: showina samplino point locations, transects, important features, etc. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. 1'ree Stratum (Plot size: 1. Pseudotsuga menziesii_ 2. A/nus rubra 3. Acer circinatum 4. SaolinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: 1. Acer circinatum 2. 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5) 1. Po/ystichum munitum 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: Absolute Dominant Indicator % Cover Species? Status 60 Y FACU 15 N FAC 10 N FAC Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 1 (A) 3 (B) Percent of Dominant Species 85 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 33 (A/B) 10 Y FAC 10 = Total Cover 2 Y FACU 2 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Cover of Biotic Crust Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: MUIi! iv b OBL species 0 x 1 = 0 FACW species 0 x 2 = 0 FAC species 37 x 3 = 111 FACU species 62 x 4 = 248 UPL species 0 x 5 = 0 Column Totals: 99 (A) 359 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.63 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: BB-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inchesl Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-8 10YR 2/1 100 Sandy loam 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (178) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: Despite a lack of a clean hydric soil indicator, this soil could be either. It was assumed not hydric based on the other two indicators HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one reauired: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (613) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (64) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (66) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Secondary Indioat_ors_[2 or mare reouired I ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) []Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 3 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Hydrology indicator likely result of recent unusually wet weather; despite presence of saturation, this does not reflect wetland hydrology. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: TAL-1572 City/County: Federal Wav/Kinci Count _ Sampling Date:12119/2015 Applicant/Owner: IRG/Weverhauser _ State: WA Sampling Point: BB-WET1 Investigator(s): JMM. DRT Section, Township, Range: S15 T21N R4F Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): De ressional Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 1-2% Subregion (LRR): LRR-A Lat: 47.309056 Long:-122.289374 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel sandy loam 0-8% slopes NWI classification: PFO Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site mp showing sampling point Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No Elwithin a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 1. A/nus rubs 2. Popu/us balsamifen 3. 4. Sa iin 1 hrub Dtum (Plot size: 1. Rubus spectabilis 2. 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine tratum (Plot size: 10) 1. 2. Absolute Dominant Indicator % Cover ecies? Status 50 Y FAC 15 Y FAC 65 = Total Cover 45 Y FAC 45 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks: features, etc. Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: T taI % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species 0 x 1 = 0 FACW species 0 x 2 = 0 FAC species 0 x 3 = 0 FACU species 0 x 4 = 0 UPL species 0 x 5 = -0 Column Totals: 0 (A) 0 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators- ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is :53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: BB-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % _ Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-8 10YR 2/2 100 Sandy loam 'Tvpe: C=Concentration. D=DeDletion. RM=Reduced Matrix. CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Linina. M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (172) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Cannot pull sample because feature is completely under water, soil pit was dug where it was drier near the wetland boundary. Assumed hydric soils from strong hydrologic indicators. HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one re%hred�che_c_k_all that apply) ® Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (613) ❑ Water Marks (61) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (63) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Secondary Indicators 12 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) []Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 2 Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 1-2 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way!Kinq Sampling DateA/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: BD-UPL1 Investigator(s): JMM DRT Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Terrace Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 0-1 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308979 Long:-122290309 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwaad ravelly sand loam 0 to 8 ercent slo es NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map sh Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No E Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No E Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No E Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. nt locations, transecrs, Imporiant reatures, etc. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No E Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft % Cover Species? Status 1. A/nus rubra 40 Yes FAC 2. Acer circinatum 35 Yes FAC 3. Popu/us ba/samifera 20 No FAC 4. Pseudotsuga menziesii 5 No FACU 90 = Total Cover SaolinalShrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. None 2. 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Po/ystichum munitum 2. Lamiastrum galeabdolam 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 0 = Total Cover 20 Yes FACU 1 No NL 21 = Total Cover 1. Rubus armemacus 30 Yes FACU 2. Rubus /aciniatus 5 No FACU 35 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 79 % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks: nominance Test worKsneet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B) Prevalence Indexworlcsheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No E US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: BD-UPL Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe' Loc2 Texture Remarks 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: ❑ Histosol (A1) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: Impossible to dig - extremely compact and suspected old logging road HYDROLOGY Primary Indicators minimum of one required: check all that aoply), ❑ Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (63) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Record rainfall in recent months. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/KinWay/Kinci Sampling Date:1211912015 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: BD-WET1 Investigator(s); JMM. DRT Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Terrace Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 1-3 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308804 Long:-122.28969 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site miap showing sampling oint locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Caver Species? Status 1. Fraxinus latifolla 65 Yes FACW 2. 3. 4. 65 = Total Cover SaylinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 60 Yes FAC 2. 3. 4. 5. 60 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: M 1. Po/ystichum munitum 15 Yes FACU 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 15 = Total Cover Woody Vlne Stratum (Plot size: lLft) 1. Rubus armeniacus 2 Yes FAC 2. 2 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 85 % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks Dominance Test wvrksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheets Total °% Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species 0 x 1 = 0 FACW species 65 x 2 = 130 FAC species 62 x 3 = 186 FACU species 15 x 4 = 60 UPL species 0 x 5 = 0 Column Totals: 142 (A) 376 (G) Prevalence Index = B/A = 2.64 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ® Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: BD -WET rronie uescnption: tuescnoe to the oeptn neeaeo to aocument the maicator or confirm the aosence of maicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (MQis#) % Type, Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-12 10YR 2/2 100 Loam 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Layer (if present): 2Location: PL=Pore Linina. M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Type: _ Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Structure obliterated because of surrounding ponded water. Difficult to describe but assumed hydric from hydrologic indicators. HYDROLOGY wetiano nyarorogy maicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one reouired: check all that aooly) �❑ ® Surface Water (Al) Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (84) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 1-2 Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 1-2 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 (includes capillary fringe)_ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, Remants: Recora ramtaii in recent montns. Secondary Indicators 12 or more reauiredl ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ us inspections). if available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal WayiKing Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: BS (N)-UPL Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21 N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%): 0 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.309008 Long:-122.295682 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwoo-Cgravelly sandy loam 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, Im orEant Teatures, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No 0 Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: SP located within generally flat area around wetland. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 3kft) 1. Thuja plicata 2. 3. 4, Sapling/,Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) Absolute Dominant Indicator %Cover ecles? Status 30 Yes FAC 30 = Total Cover 1. Gau/theria shallon 40 Yes FACU 2. Rubus spectabdis 30 Yes FAC 3. Oem/eria cerasiformis 20 Yes FACU 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: `ft 1. Po/ystichum munitum_ 2. Rubus ursinus 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. None 2. 90 = Total Cover 30 Yes FACU 20 Yes FACU 50 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 50 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Remarks: Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 6 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 33 (A/B) Total % Cover of- Multiply by-- OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species 60 x 3 = 180 FACU species 110 x 4 = 440 UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: 170 (A) 620 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 3_6 Hydrophytic Vegetation marcators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: BS-UPL Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches] Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-2 Duff 2-8 10YR 3/2 100 8-16 10YR 4/3 100 Sandy team_ Silly loam 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) 2Location: PL=Pore Linina. M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: 1 Depth (inches): ! Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: No hydric soil indicators identified HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primes Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (611) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (63) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (66) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (67) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Secondary Indicators f2 or more reouired] ❑ Water Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 9 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ (includes capillary frinqe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available Remarks: Record rainfall in recent months. Saturation observed within 12 in of soil subsurface US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Waylitina Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: BS (N1-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16 T21 N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%): 4 Subregion (LRR). LRR A Lat: 47.309008 Long:-122.295682 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 permat slo es NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling oint locations, transects, important reatures, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes E No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes E No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks: Wetland located adjacent to parking lot. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 2ffl) 1. None 2. 3. 4. 5aplinoJShrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. Rubus spectabilis 2. 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Glyceria elata 2. Juncus effusus 3. Veronica anagallis-aquatica 4. Ranunculus repens 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. Nane 2. ADSOMe uommani inuicami Cover Socies7 Status 0 = Total Cover 5 Y FAC 5 = Total Cover 5 N FACW 5 N FACW 2 N OBL 25 Y FAC 37 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 63 % Cover of Biotic Crust Dom inance Test worksheet: 1 Number of Dominant Species I` That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover ofi Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (Bj Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: E Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: BS(N)-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-9 10YR 2/1 100 Muck 9-16 10YR 611 50 10YR 4/6 50 C M Silt Prominent feature RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ® Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) rtestrictive Layer (it present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils' ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ wetiana nyaroiogy Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check a)I that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (813) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (64) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field observations: Surface Water Present? Water Table Present? Saturation Present? Describe Recorded Remarks: Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (69) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 5 Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal VVayJKin_q County Sampling Date:12/19/2015 Applicant/Owner: Federal Wa Cam us. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: CB-UPLt Investigator(s): JMM- DRT Section, Township, Range: S15 T21 N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Terrace Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 2-5% Subregion (LRR): I RR -.A Lat: Long: Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel sandy loam- 0-8% sio es NWI classification: PSS Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampiing point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: Lo) % Cover Species? Status 1. Pseudotsuga menziesii 40 Y FACU 2. Thuja plicata 15 Y FAC 3. Alnus rubra 5 N FAC 4. 60 = Total Cover SaplinalShrub Stratum (Plot size: 1. Acer ciminatum 40 Y FAC 2. 3. 4. 5. 40 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Polystichum munitum 50 Y FACU 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 1. FJ % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 50 Remarks: 50 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Cover of Biotic Crust Dominance Test worksheet: 1 Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B) i Index Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species 0 x 1 = 0 FACW species 0 x 2 = 0 FAC species 60 x 3 = 180 FACU species 90 x 4 = 360 UPL species 0 x 5 = 0 Column Totals: 150 (A) 540 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 3_6 HydrophytiC Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: CB-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc' Texture Remarks 0-2 10YR 4-2 100 2-16 7.5YR 4/4 100 RM=Reduced Matrix Silt loam Silt loam Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (Si) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (178) Restrictive Layer Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (68) i-mia uoservations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): (includes capillary frinqe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous Remarks: No indicators Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (610) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region ProjecttSite: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King County Sampling Date:1212212015 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC_ State: WA Sampling Point: CB-WET1 Investigator(s): JMM DRT Section, Township, Range: S15 T21N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Hillslooe Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 0-3 Subregion (LRR): LRR-A Lat: 47 304053 Long:-122.293896 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel sandy loam. 0-8% sla es NWI classification: PFO Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling oint locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: LO) % Cover Species? Status 1. A/nus rubs 40 Y FAC 2. Fraxinius la[ifafia 15 Y FACW 3. 4. 55 = Total Cover SaolinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: 1. None 2. 3. 4. 5. 0 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5) 1. None 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 0 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 1. None 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 100 Remarks: % Cover of Biotic Crust DominanCe Test worKsnew. Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Mijitioly bv: OBL species 0 x 1 = 0 FACW species 0 x 2 = 0 FAC species 0 x 3 = 0 FACU species 0 x 4 = 0 UPL species 0 x 5 = 0 Column Totals: 0 (A) 0 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: CB-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type, Loc2 Texture Remarks RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand ( Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (176) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (Si) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (178) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: Stream substrate within the braided channels made acquiring a could not dig very deep. Assumed hydric from strong hydrologic indicator; HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one reouired. check all that aooly) `Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ )ils that were identified were a 2/1 sandy loam but ® Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ® Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (66) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Final nhaamntinn¢• Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ® Water Stained Leaves (69) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ® Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ® Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 4-6 Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 ' Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Braided channels US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal UVaylKina County Sampling Date:1211912Q^ Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: CD-UPL1 Investigator(s): JMM, DRT Section, Township, Range: S15 T21N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Slope Local relief (concave, convex, none): non Slope (%): 2-5% Subregion (LRR): LRR-A Lat: 47.310362 Long:-122.288643 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel sandy loam. 0-8% WOWS NWI classification: PFO/PSS Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing Sam Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Tree Stratum (Plot size: 1. Pseudotsuga menziesii_ 2. Thuja plicata 3. 4. Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 1. Gaultheria shallon 2. Thuja plicata 3. Ilex aquifolium 4. Arbutus menziesii 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5) 1- 2- 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 1. Rubus armeniacus 2. nt locations, Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Absolute Dominant Indicator % Cover Species? Status 50 Y FACU 15 Y FAC 65 = Total Cover 80 Y FACU 10 N FAC 1 N FACU 1 N NL 92 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover 2 Y FACU 2 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 100 % Cover of Biotic Crust burrows present features, etc. Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 25 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by, OBL species 0 x 1 = 0 FACW species 0 x 2 = 0 FAC species 25 x 3 = 75 FACU species 133 x 4 = 532 UPL species 0 x 5 = 0 Column Totals: 158 (A) 607 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A= 3.84 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: CD-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-2 10YR 211 100 2-8 7.5YR 4/4 100 8-10 10YR 2/1 100 10-16+ 7.5YR 4/6 100 Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches) Remarks: HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ED Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except li 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (61) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (includes cavillary frinqe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way(King County Sampling Date:12/19/2015 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Camous. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: CD-WET1 Investigator(s): JMM DRT Section, Township, Range: S15 T21 N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 0-2% Subregion (LRR): LRR-A Lat: 47.310326 Long:-122.288310 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel sandy loam. 0-t3% s[a es NWI classification: PFO/PSS Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling oint locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes E No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes E No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks- VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Dominance Test worksheet: Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: LO) % QQyer Soecig? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Pseudotsuga menziesii 10 Y FACU That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2 Total Number of Dominant 3, Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 10 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 67 (A/B) aplino/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 1. Alnus rubra 60 Y FAC Prevalence Index worksheet: 2. Rubus spectabilis 40 Y FAC Total % Cover of Multiply by: 3 OBL species 0 x 1= 0 4 FACW species 0 x 2= 0 5 FAC species 0 x 3= 0 100 = Total Cover FACU species 0 x 4 = 0 Herb Stratum (Plot size: UPL species 0 x 5 = 0 1. Nor+e Column Totals: 0 (A) 0 (B) 2. Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 3 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 4 ® Dominance Testis >50% 5 ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' 6 ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting 7 data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8. El Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 0 =Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 10) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must 1. None be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. 0 = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 100 % Cover of Biotic Crust Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks: Mountain beaver burrows inside feature US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: CD-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color moist % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-16 10YR 2/1 100 Silt loam 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (Si) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Hydric indicators assumed, as hydrologic indicators are strong. HYDROLOGY Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: cheek all that a_nnly) ® Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (82) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Secondary Indicators (2 or more reouired) ® Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) 1-1010 observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 1-2 Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 2 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 1 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: TAL-1572 City/County: Federal WavlKingCounty Sampling Date:1211912015 Applicant/Owner: IRGANeyerhauser State: WA Sampling Point: CE-UPL1 Investigator(s): JMM. DRT Section, Township, Range: S15 T21N Rar Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Hillslo a Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 5+% Subregion (LRR): LRR-A Lat: 47.310529 Long:-122.289913 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel sandy loam 0-8% slopes NWI classification: PEM Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showin Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? Remarks: Yes ❑ No Yes ❑ No Yes ❑ No VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 1. Pseudotsuga menziesii 2. Thuja plicata 3. 4 Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: I Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Absolute Dominant Indicator % Cover Species? Status 30 Y FACU 10 Y FAC 40 = Total Cover 1. Gaultheria shallon 75 Y FACU 2. Pseudotsuga menziesil 10 N FACU 3. Mahonia aquifolium 5 N FACU 4. Ilex aquifolium 2 N FACU 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5) 1. Polystichum munitum_ 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine ratum (Plot size: 1. 2. 92 = Total Cover 10 Y FACU 10 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks: nt features, etc. Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 25 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Wflflgly by, OBL species 0 x 1 = 0 FACW species 0 x 2 = 0 FAC species 10 x 3 = 30 FACU species 132 x 4 = 528 UPL species 0 x 5 = 0 Column Totals: 142 (A) 558 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.93 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: CE-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tyne' Loc' Texture Remarks 0-3 10YR 4/2 100 3-18 7.5 YR 4/4 100 Sand _'Type: C=Concentration. D=Depletion. RM=Reduced Matrix. CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY 'Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one reauired: check all that aDDly) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (67) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9 ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: TAL-1572 City/County, Federal WaylKira County Sampling Date:12119/2015 Applicant/Owner: IRGMeverhauser State: WA Sampling Point: CE-WEf1 Investigator(s): JMM DRT Section, Township, Range: Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): De ressional Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 1-3% Subregion (LRR): LRR-A Lat: 47.310580 Long:-122-289874 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel sandy loam, 0-8% slopes NWI classification: PEM Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site reap showing sampling olnt iocatlons, trarlsecis, irl,�r�I LdIIL I VOLU1 ca, cu.. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks. - VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: LO) % Cover Species? Status 1. 2. 3. 4. 0 = Total Cover SapiinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 0 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5) 1. Carexsp. 30 Y FACW` 2. Ranunculus repens 25 Y FAC 3. Urtica divrCa 15 Y FAC 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 70 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 1. 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks: Carex sp. assumed FAC or wetter, unable to ID to species. Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Indexworksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species 0 x 1 = 0 FACW species 0 x 2 = 0 FAC species 0 x 3 = 0 FACU species 0 x 4 = 0 UPL species 0 x 5 = 0 Column Totals: 0 (A) 0 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 0 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: CE-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % 601or (moist) % Tvpe, Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-13 10YR 2/1 100 Sandy loam_ Cannot dig deeper than 13 inches ,Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix, Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches). Remarks: Hydric indicators assumed based on other indicators. HYDROLOGY Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Indicators: PrimarVIndicators (minimum of one re4uired: Check all that apply) ® Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (613) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (67) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (68) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Water Table Present? Saturation Present? Secondary Indicators (2 or more reoulred) ® Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 1-4 Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way-lKing Sampling Date:711912016 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DE-UPL1 Investigator(s): Jennifer Marriott Section, Township, Range: Section 16 T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308117 Long:-122.297907 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam 0 to 8_percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of -year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map s Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No nt locations, Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status 1. Popu/us tremulQirlBs 40 Y FACU 2. 3. 4. 40 = Total Cover SanlinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. Popu/us tremuloides 30 Y FACU 2. Gau/theria shallop 25 Y FACU 3, 4. 5. 55 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Po/ystichum munitum 5 N FACU 2. Rubus ursinus 70 Y FACU 3, 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 75 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: lLft) 1. None 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 25 % Cover of Biotic Crust aortant features, etc. Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0 (A/B) Prevalence Indexworksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DE-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type, Loc? Texture Remarks 1-16 10YR 3/3 100 loam RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): KemarKs: No nydric Soli Indicators wentlned HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that aooly) , Seconds Indicators 2 or more re uired ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) 4A, and 4B)) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Water Marks (61) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ NON Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No includes ca ills fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: No wetland hyrology indicators identified US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal My/KingMy/King Sampling Date:711912016 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DE-WET1 Investigator(s): Jennifer Marriott Section, Township, Range: Section 16 T21N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 2 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308117 Long:-122297907 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes E No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes E No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks: This atypical wetland occurs within a broad area where the till is shallow, the delineation includes area of upland as the wetland winds through the trees. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Popu/us balsamifera 30 Y FAC That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. Fraxinus excelsior 60 Y NIL Total Number of Dominant 3. Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 90 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B) Sa lin 1Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 1� 1. Fraxinus excelsior 80 Y NIL Prevalence Index worksheet: 2. Rubus spectabilis 20 Y FAC Total % Cover of: Multuaiy by: 3 OBL species x 1 = 4 FACW species x 2 = 5 FAC species 50 x 3 = 150 100 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: � UPL species x 5 = 1. None Column Totals: 50 (A) 150 (B) 2. 3 Prevalence Index = B/A = 3_0 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 4 5 ❑ Dominance Test is >50% 6 E Prevalence Index is s3.0' 7 ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8. ®Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 0 =Total Cover Woody Vne S rtum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. 0 = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 100 % Cover of Biotic Crust Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks: Fraxinus excelsior (European ash) is considered to be a wetland plant in Europe. We can safely assume this test plot represents hydrophytic vegetation. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DE -WET Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features inches} Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-12 10YR 2/1 100 Silty loam 'Tvpe: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Linina. M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al 2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Soil was very dry, hardpan at 12 inches. Soil is assumed to be hydric based on hydrology and hydrophytic plants HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primwy Indicators minimum of one re uiredE check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ® Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ® Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches)- Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Surface ponding and saturation within the upper 12" was previously noted in January our evaluation in April 2016. was not present at US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Wayl—Kin-9 Sampling Date:418116 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DF-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): convex Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308059 Long:-122.297303 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showi nt locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No E Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No E within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No E Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes E No ❑ VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft 1. Abies grandis 2. Fraxinus excelsior 3. 4. Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: j_ffl) 1. Oem/eria cerasiformis 2. 3. 4. 5, Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Po/ystichum munitum 2. Rubus specrabilis 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. No 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 40 Remarks: F. excelsior (European ash) is not Absolute Dominant Indicator % Cover Species? Status 40 Yes FACU 40 Yes NL 80 = Total Cover 20 Yes FACU 20 = Total Cover 20 Yes FACU 40 Yes FAC 60 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 20 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 FACU species 120 x 4 = 480 UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: 120 (A) 480 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 4_0 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is :53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No E the US, but is considered a wetland tree in its home territory. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DF-UPL1 Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (Inches] Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks A Duff 1-16 10YR 2/2 100 Loam 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix. CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (At0) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (At 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: Soil appears to have been disturbed at some point HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (At) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (133) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) []Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 9 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ (includes capillary frinqe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Record rainfall in recent months. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/Kinc1 Sampling Date:4/8/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DF-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16 T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave depression_ Slope (%): 0 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308059 Long:-122.297303 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravefly sandy loam 0 to B percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil Yes, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transacts, important reatures, eic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Sails disturbed at some point many years ago. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 1. Fraxinus excelsior 2. Popu/us balsamifera 3. 4. SaolinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. Spiraea douglash 2. Rubus spectabilis 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: U 1. Carex obnupta 2. Carex deweyana 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. None 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 80 Remarks: Fraxinus excelsior (European ash) hydrophytic vegetation. Absolute Dominant Indicator % Cover Species? Status 30 Yes NL 50 Yes FAC 80 = Total Cover 20 Yes FACW 20 Yes FAC 40 = Total Cover 10 Yes OBL 10 Yes FAC 20 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 sidered to be a wetland plant in Ei Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 5 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 6 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 83 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total T2 Cover of. Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ can safely assume this test plot represents US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DF-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-9 10YR 2/1 100 9-16 10YR 6/4 100 Muck Silt sand 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix. CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ® Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (FS) Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) _ ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (63) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (65) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (66) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (67) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (BS) Field Observations: Secondary Indicators (2 or more nquired) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (69) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (610) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 3 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal WaylKing Sampling Date:418116 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Camous. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DG -UPL Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 10. T21N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): convex Slope (%): 3 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308021 Long:-122297457 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showi Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? RemaflKs: Yes ❑ No Yes ❑ No Yes ❑ No VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Important features, etc. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Smi s? Status 1. Thuja plicata 30 Yes FAC 2. Acermacrophyllum 40 Yes FACU 3. Pseudotsuga menziesii 4. 30 Yes FACU Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. Rubus armeniacus 2. 3. 4, 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Rubus ursinus 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. NO 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 80 Remarks: 100 = Total Cover 30 Yes FAC 30 = Total Cover 20 Yes FACU 20 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 A 5 (B) 40 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of- Mulliply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is :53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No CK US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DG-UPL to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture 0-1 1-9 10YR 3/2 100 9-16 10YR 313 100 Sandy loam Sandy loam -gravelly Remarks 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hemarxs: No hydric Soil Indicators HYDROLOGY Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) 4A, and 413)) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available Remarks: No wetland hyrology indicators identified US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/8/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DG•WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308021 Long:-122.297457 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy,loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) nI IuAAAev #%n MLIM1\I^0 A64&-- . -*.6- .z c.ia.. 4— Oennnlinn nnin* Inca?inn¢ trAn-Pot-tC innnnrtant features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes E No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes E No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks: Wetlands located within disturbed woods near wetlands DE and DF VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status 1. None 2. 3. 4. 0 = Total Cover SapjinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: lLft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 30 Y FAC 2. 3. 4. 5. 30 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Carexdeweyana 15 Y FAC 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 15 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. None _ 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 85 % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks Dominance Testworksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (A) 2 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Indexworksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DG-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tyne' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-1 Duff 1-11 10YR 2/1 100 Muck 11-16 10YR 5/2 90 10YR 4/6 10 C M Silt prominent feature 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY 'Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ vvetiana hyarorogy maicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one reauired: check all that aDDly) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 9 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, KemarKs: -Secondary Indicators (2 or more_required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/KingWay/King Sampling Dater?8116 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DH UPL 1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Secti n 16 T21N RAE Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): gentle slope Slope (%): 3 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.307786 Long:-122.297435 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site ma Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: locations, transects, i Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status 1. Thuja plicate 30 Yes FAC 2. Acermacrophyllum 40 Yes FACU 3. Psuedotsuga menziesii 30 Yes FACU 4. 100 = Total Cover SaplinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: 1� 1. Rubus armeniacus 30 Yes FAC 2, 3. 4. 5_ 30 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Rubus ursinus 20 Yes FACU 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 20 = Total Cover Woody Vine_S_iralum (Plot size: 15ft 1 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 80 Remarks: % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: rtant features, etc. 2 (A) 5 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 40 (A/B) Prevalence Indexworl[sneet: Total % Cover of: Multipiv bw OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is <_3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DH UPL1 (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-1 Duff 1-9 10YR 3/2 100 9-16 10YR 3/3 100 Sandy loam Sandy loam gravelly C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (172) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: _ Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Linina. M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils' ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Prima_ry_Indicators (minimum of one reouiredm check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (613) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (88) Second ary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (69) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (610) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Wa 1Kin Sampling Date:418/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Camous. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DH-WET1 Investigator(s) Richard Tyeten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): ,Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.307786 Long: -122 297435 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravel1v sandy loam. 0 to 8 vercenl slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation no, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) wI uu■ A rw �n ru:n:L1^0 A6 --6 -�mnlinn nninf Inrnfinnc frnnGoe-tC imnnrtant features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes E No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes E No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes E No ❑ Rentarlcs' VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 3Lft) over Speci% Status 1. None 2. 3. 4. 0 = Total Cover SaalinglShrub_Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. Rubus spectabilis 30 Y FAC 2. 3. 4. 5. 30 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Carex deweyana 15 Y FAC 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 15 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. None 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 85 % Cover of Biotic Crust Dominance Testworksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Indexworksheet: Total % Cover of Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: E Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is _<3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DH-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc' Texture Remarks 0-1 1-11 10YR 2/1 100 Muck 11-16 10YR 5/2 90 10YR 4/6 10 C M Silt 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hvdroloav Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one reoulred: check all that a 'Location: PL=Pore Linino. M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (61) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (65) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (Di)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 9 Secondary Indicators (2 or more reouired) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (69) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) []Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 1 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring Remarks: available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal W L/Kina Sampling Date:418/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way C,3111pl]S. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DI UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): gentle slope Slope (%): 3 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 43.307767 Long:-122297341 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) QI IRARAAOv AC CIkir%IAIr¢ — Aifnrh afro min chnwinn ammnlinrt nnint Inrratinnt. tranRPr_ts_ important features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator free Slfatum (Plot size: 30ft) °% Cover Species? Status 1. Thuja plicata 30 Yes FAC 2. Acer macrophyllum 40 Yes FACU 3. Psuedotsuga menziesii 30 Yes FACU 4. 100 = Total Cover Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. Rubus armeniacus 30 Yes FAC 2. 3. 4. 5. 30 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Rubus ursinus 20 Yes FACU 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 20 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: jfftj 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 80-Iltter Remarks: % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 40 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by:- -OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 FACU species x 4 UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No ED US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DI-UPL to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe' Loe Texture Remarks 0-1 Duff 1-9 10YR 3/2 100 9-16 10YR 3/3 100 'Tvve: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand G Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (At 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: No hydric soil indicators HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that aooly) Sandy loam Sandy loam aravellv `Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (67) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches) - Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No includes ca illa fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well. aerial photos, previous inspections), if available - Remarks No wetland hydrology indicators identified US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:418116 Applicant/Owner: Federal WaV Camous LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DI-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16 T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 43.307767 Long:-122.297341 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam D to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes E No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes E No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) 1. None 2. 3. 4. Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: lUft 1. Rubus spectabilis 2. 3, 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Carex cfeweyana 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. None 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 85 Remarks: Absolute Dominant Indicator % Cover Species? Status 0 = Total Cover 30 Y FAC 30 = Total Cover 15 Y FAC 15 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Cover of Biotic Crust Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Mult n!y bV' OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: E Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DI-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe' Locz Texture Remarks 0-i 1-11 10YR 2/1 100 Muck 11-16 10YR 5/2 90 10YR 4/6 10 C M Silt 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand G Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY Duff `Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators minimum of one re uired: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (613) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (65) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (67) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (68) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches) Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 9 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Wevwhaeuser City/County: Federal Wa Mng Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DJ-UPL i Investigator(s). Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Slope (%): 3 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.307429 Long:-122.297907 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwoodgravelly sand loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil Yes, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sa Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No E Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No E Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No E Remarks: Soils graded at somepoint in the past Int locations, transects, imporLanL iea1Ure5, ULU. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No E VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Dominance Test worksheet: Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Abies granolis 40 Yes FACU That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0 (A) 2. Fraxinus excelsior 40 Yes NL Total Number of Dominant 3. Acermacrophyllum 20 Yes FACU Species Across All Strata: 7 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 100 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. Oem/eria cerasiformis 20 Yes FACU Prevalence Index worksheet: 2 Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = 3 4 FACW species x 2 = 5 FAC species x 3 = 20 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5ft) UPL species x 5 = 1. Po/ystichum munitum 20 Yes FACU Column Totals: (A) (B) 2. Dicentra fonnosa 30 Yes FACU 3. Rubus ursinus 20 Yes FACU Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 4 5 ❑ Dominance Testis >50% 6 ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' 7 ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8. ❑Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 70 =Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. 0 = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 30 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Present? Yes ❑ No E Remarks: F. excelsior (European ash) is not listed in the US, but it is recognized as a wetland tree in its home territory. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2 0 SOIL Sampling Point: DJ-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-16 10YR 3/3 100 Gravellv loam 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: No hydric soil indicators HYDROLOGY 'Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (All0) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one reauired: check all that aoDly) ❑ Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (61) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Secondery Indicators (2 or more required) I ❑ Water Stained Leaves (69) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (610) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (132) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: No wetland hydrology indicators US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/6/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: DJ-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%): 0 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.307429 Long:-122.297907 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sand loam 0 to 8 ercent slo es NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil Yes, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology NO naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) QUmmAKT ur rmumuz) — Attacn site map snowing Sampiing point locations, transecis, Important matures, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status 1. Populus ba/samifera 50 Yes FAC 2 Fraxinus excelsior 50 Yes NIL 3. 4. 100 = Total Cover Saplft/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. None 2. 3. 4. 5. 0 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1 Carex deweyana 10 Yes FAC 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. None 2. Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 67 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A= 3 ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 0 = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 90 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: F. excelsior (European ash) is recognized as a wetland tree in its home territory. It is not listed in the US. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: DJ-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type, Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-8 10YR 2/2 100 Mucky loam 8-12 10YR 2/1 100 Mucky loam 12-16 10YR 6/2 80 10YR 5/6 20 C M Gravel sand Redox features prominent C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Coated Sand Grains. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ® Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ® Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY 21-ocation: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks :'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primajy, Indicators minimum of one re uired; check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (611) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (64) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (66) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) rceia nti�e.,.�r�.,.,�• Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): _ Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 5 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, RemarKS: Secondary Indicators (2 or more reguired) ® Water Stained Leaves (69) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: EI-UPL1 Investigator(s). Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 1 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.309559 Long:-122.298034 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravellv_sandv loam. 0 to 8 Dercent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) 'UMMAKY Ur I-INUINUb — Attacn site Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) 1. Pseudotsuga menziesii 2. 3. 4. SaplinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. Sambucus racemosa 2. 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: U 1. Po/ystichum munitum 2. Rubus ursinus 3. Galium aparine 4. 5, 6, 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 1,�ftj 1. None 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 0- moss Remarks: samwincr point Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Rani ieamres, etc. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 90 Y FACU That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0 (A) 90 = Total Cover 15 Y FACU 15 = Total Cover 15 Y FACU 30 Y FACU 20 Y FACU 65 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of. Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 4 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: El-UPL1 Profile Description.* (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color fmoistl % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-1 Duff 1-4 10YR 2/2 100 4-16 10YR 4/3 100 loam gravelly loam gravelly 'Tvoe: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (177) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: No hyrics soil indicators HYDROLOGY wetland rlydroiogy indicators: Primary Indicators !minimum of one required: check all that a ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (68) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils' ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ Salt Crust (611) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) i Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Secondary Indicators (2 or more re aired ❑ Water Stained Leaves (69) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) []Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: No wetland hydrology indicators observed No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: EI-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%): <_ Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.309559 Long-122.298034 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) St1MMARY OF FINDINGS — Attar_h site man shnwinn samniinn nnint Inr_atinns. transacts- imnortant features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: !Lft) 1. None 2. 3. 4. SaolingiShrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Q) 1. Rubus spectabilis 2. 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Stellaria crispa 2. Carex deweyana 3. C/aytonia sibirica 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: lLft) 1. None 2. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 0 = Total Cover 30 Y FAC 30 = Total Cover 30 Y FAC 15 Y FAC 20 Y FAC 65 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 0-moss % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Remarks: Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 3 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 �ie]]A Sampling Point: El-WET1 Profile Description: (Descr€he to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist)_ % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-10 10YR 2/1 100 Loam 10-16 10YR 5/1 90 10YR 4/6 10 C M silt Gravelly, romin nt feature 'Type: C=Concentration. D=De letion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL-Pare Lining, M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric So€Is': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one reauired: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more req uire ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) 4A, and 4B)) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (84) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (66) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) []Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Feld Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 8 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/KingWay/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: EJ-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21 N, R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 2 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.309238 Long:-122.297874 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 Dercent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) ,UIYIMAKT Ur rIN1JIN%JZ — Attacn site map snowing sampling point locations, transects, important Teatures, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No ER Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 2ffl) 1. Fraxinus excelsior 2. Pseudotsuga menziesii 3. Thuja plicata 4. Sapling/ShrubStratum (Plot size: lLft) 1. Oem/eria cerasiformis Absolute % Cover 30 30 20 80 15 Dominant Indicator Species? Status Y NL Y FACU Y FAC = Total Cover Y FACU Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 7 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 28.6 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: 2. Rubus spectabilis 25 Y FAC Total % Cover of: Multiply by: 3. _ _ _ OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 40 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: � UPL species x 5 = 1. Po/ystichum munitum 20 Y FACU Column Totals: (A) (B) 2. Rubus ursinus 15 Y FACU 3. Prevalence Index = B/A = q Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5. ❑ Dominance Test is >50% 6. ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' 7. ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) B. ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 35 = Total Cover Woody Vire Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2 Hydrophytic 0 = Total Cover Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 65 % Cover of Biotic Crust Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: Fraxinus excelsior (European ash) is not listed in the US, but is recognized as a wetland tree in its home territory US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: EJ-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loe Texture Remarks 0-8 10YR 3/3 100 Loam 8-16 10YR 3/4 100 Silty loam _ 'Type: C=Concentration, D=De letion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location PL=POFe Linin , M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: No hydric soil indicators observed HYDROLOGY Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators minimum of one required: check all that a of ) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except li 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (65) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Secondary Indicators (2 or more re uired I ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) []Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Data (stream gauge, mornitoring well, aerial photos, Remarks: No wetland hydrology indicators observed if available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: EJ-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21N, R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial lilt plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): convex Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.309238 Long:-122.297874 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) bUMMAKY UI- hINUIN(a, — Attach site ma Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. sa Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ rta n t te a tu res, etc. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size: 3� % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Fraxinus /atifolia 40 Y FACW That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. Total Number of Dominant 3. Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 40 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 35 Y FAC Prevalence Index worksheet: 2. Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = 3. 4. FACW species x 2 = 5 FAC species x 3 = 35 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: � UPL species x 5 = 1. None Column Totals: (A) (B) 2. 3. Prevalence Index = B/A = 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5. ® Dominance Test is >50% 6. ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' 7, ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting 8 data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 0 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. None Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2 Hydrophytic 0 = Total Cover Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 0 % Cover of Biotic Crust Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: EJ-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or connrm the aosence or inumacurb.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (incises) _ Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-2 2-6 10YR 3/2 100 6-10 10-16 10YR 6/1 100 Mucky loam Duff, roots, and wood Sandy silt 'Type: C=Concentration. D=De letion, RM=Reduced Matrix. CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ® Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) strictive Layer (if Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY ZLocation: PL=Pore Linin M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (66) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 6 Secondary Indicators (2 or more repuiredl ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4121)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if l ?e marks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast —Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way CampUS. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: EK-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21N, R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial tiil_plain _ Local relief (concave, convex, none): None _ - Slope (%): 2 Subregion (LRR) LRR A Lat: 47.309099 Long:-122.297926 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderw-ood_gravelly sandy loam 0 to 8�ercent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) JUMnRAKT Uh I-INUINUb — Attach site ma Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No 10 Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: nt Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Soecies? Status 1. Pseudotsuga menziesii 20 Y FACU 2. Thuja plicata 15 Y FAC 3. Fraxinus excelsior 35 Y NIL 4. 70 = Total Cover Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. Oem/eria cerasiformis 15 Y FACU 2. Rubus spectabilis 5 N FAC 3. Acer circinatum 10 Y FAC 4. 5. 30 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Po/ystichum munitum 20 Y FACU 2. Rubus ursinus 10 Y FACU 3. Rubus armeniacus 10 Y FAC 4. 5 6. 7. 8. 40 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. None 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 60 % Cover of Biotic Crust rtant teatures, etc. Yes ❑ No Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 8 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 37.5 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Fraxinus excelsior (European ash) is considered a wetland tree in Europe. Not listed in US. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: EK-UPL1 Profile []ascription: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the aosence or morcarvrs.f Depth Matrix Redox Features finches) _ Color moist % Color (moist) % Type, Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-1 1-3 10YR 313 100 Loam 3.7 10YR 6/3 90 10YR 5/8 10 C M Silt Prominent feature 7-16 10YR 3/3 100 RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (All) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Type: Depth (inches): present): 2Location: PL=Pore Lining M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: It appears soils were disturbed from 3-7", having come from Wetlarid EK, No hydric soil indicators identified HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators minimum of one re uired: check all that aonl ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (65) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring wetland hydology Secondary Indicators f2 or more re aired ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) []Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No , aerial photos, previous inspections], if available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus _LL_C State: WA Sampling Point: EK-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range. Section 16. T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.309099 Long:-122.297926 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood aravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) aurnrvrART ur riNuirvtoJ — Attacn site map snowing sampling point locations, transects, important Teatures, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) 1. None 2 3. 4. Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: lLft) 1. Spiraea douglasir' 2. Rubus spectabilis 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1 None 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 151) 1. None 2. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) Percent of Dominant Species 0 Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) 45 Y FACW 25 Y FAC 70 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 100 % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks: Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydre soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: EK-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-2 2-11 10YR 3/2 100 Mucky loam 11-16 10YR 5/2 80 5YR 5/6 20 C M silt gravelly 'Type: C=Concentration, D=De letion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Uninq, M=Matrix_ Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators minimum of one re uired: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Seca n dary Indicators f 2 or more re aired ® Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 7 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC _ _ State: WA Sampling Point: EL-UPL1 Investigator(s) Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 2 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.309049 Long:-122.297756 Datum. NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDING5 — Attach site Map Showing sampiing point locations, transects, important teatures, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status 1. Fraxinus excelsior 30 Y NL 2. Pseudotsuga menziesii 30 Y FACU 3. Thuja plicata 20 Y FAC 4. 80 = Total Cover SaplinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. Oem/eria cerasiformis 15 Y FACU 2. Rubus spectabilis 25 Y FAC 3. 4. 5. 40 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Po/ystichum munitum 20 Y FACU 2. Rubus ursinus 15 Y FACU 3, 4. 5 6 7. 8. 35 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. None 2. Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 7 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 28.6 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 0 = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 65 % Cover of Biotic Crust Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: F. excelsior (European ash) is not listed in the US, but is considered a wetland tree in its home territory. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: EL-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe, Loc2 Texture Remarks 00-4 10YR 3/3 100 Loam 8-16 10YR 3/4 100 Silty loam 'Type: C=Concentration. D=De letion. RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Location: PL=Pore Lini . M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Solls3: ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): _ Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: No hydric soil indicators identified HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more reguired) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA 1, 2, ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) 4A, and 4B)) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Sediment Deposits (152) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: No wetland hydrology present US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weverhauser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling DateA/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. I.I.0 State: WA Sampling Point: EL-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21 N. R4E I_andform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): convex Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.309049 Long:-122.297756 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam, to 8_p_ercent si_ope$ NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) JuivimAKT ur riNui VCaJ — Attacn site map snowing sampling point locations, transects, Important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes E No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes E No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size: 2Qft) % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Fraxinus /atifolia 40 Y FACW That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. Total Number of Dominant 3. Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 40 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Eft 1. Rubus spectabilis 35 Y FAC Prevalence Index worksheet: 2. Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = 3. 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 35 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: � UPL species x 5 = 1. None Column Totals: (A) (B) 2. 3. Prevalence Index = B/A = 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5. ® Dominance Testis >50% 6. ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' 7. ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8, ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 0 = Total Cover WaodyVine _Stratum (Plot size:jLft) 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. Hydrophytic 0 = Total Cover Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 100 % Cover of Biotic Crust Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: EL-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features finches) Color (moistZ _ % Color m i t % Type' LocZ Texture Remarks 0-2 2-6 10YR 3/2 100 6-10 10-16 10YR 6/1 100 Mucky loam duff, roots, and woad Sandy silt `Tvoe: C=Concentration. D-Depleflon, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining. M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ® Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Primary, Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (67) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 6 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Secondary Indicators (2 or more ne aired ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4113)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (610) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast- Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Wa //Kina Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: EM-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): None _ Slope (%): 2 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308991 Long:-122.298042 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam, 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site male showing sarnDlinu Doint locations. transects. imoortant features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size: ).ffl) % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Pseudotsuga menziesfi 20 Y FACU That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. Thujapficata 15 Y FAC Total Number of Dominant 3. Fraxinus excelsior 35 Y NL Species Across All Strata: 8 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 70 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 37.5 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: j.�ft 1. Oem/eria cerasiformis 15 Y FACU Prevalence Index worksheet: 2. Rubus spectabilis 5 N FAC Total % Cover of: Multiply by: 3. Acercircinatum 10 Y FAC OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 30 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: M UPL species x 5 = 1. Polystichum munitum 20 Y FACU Column Totals: (A) (B) 2. Rubus ursinus 10 Y FACU 3. Rubus armeniacus 10 Y FAC Prevalence Index = B/A = 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5. ❑ Dominance Test is >50% 6. ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' 7. ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8. ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 40 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 1� 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. 0 = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 60 % Cover of Biotic Crust Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: Fraxinus excelsior (European ash) is not listed in the US, but is recognized as a wetland tree in its home territory US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: EM-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features inches Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type, Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-1 1-3 10YR 3/3 100 3-7 10YR 6/3 90 10YR 518 10 7-16 10YR 3/3 100 Loam Silt Prominent feature 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining. M=Matrix. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: It appears soils were disturbed from 3-7", having come horn wetland EK.No hydric soil indicators observed. HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary,indicators minimum of one re uire& check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (68) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous Remarks: No wetland icators were oberved Seeondary Indicators_f2 or more requlred ❑ Water Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No if available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC _ _ State: WA Sampling Point: EM-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till Dlain Local relief (concave, convex, none). Concave Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308991 Long:-122.298042 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site mar) showing samoiina point locations_ transects_ imnortant features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) 1. None 2. 3. 4. SanlinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. Spiraea doug/asii 2. Rubus spectabilis 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5ft) 1. None 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Slratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. None 2. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 0 = Total Cover 45 Y FACW 25 Y FAC 70 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 100 % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks: Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: EM-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Cep1h Matrix Redox Features Cinches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type, Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-2 2-11 10YR 3/2 100 Mucky loam 11-16 10YR 5/2 80 5YR 5/6 20 C M slit gravelIV C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks. HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: Che(:k all that aaply) 2Location PL=Pore Lininv. M=Matrix Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (65) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (66) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ® Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 7 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous Remarks: it available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/16/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: FA-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21N, R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Till Plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Convex Slope (%): 10 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.310939 Long:-122.291696 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site man showino samnlina noint locations. transepts. important features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Record rainfall in recent months. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 2Lft) % Cover Species? Status 1. A/nus rubra 40 Y FAC 2. 3. 4. Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. Cytisus scoparius 2. Rubus armeniacus 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Rubus ursinus 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7, 8. Woody Vine 5tratu_m (Plot size: !Lft) 1. None 2. 40 = Total Cover 60 Y NL 20 Y FAC 80 = Total Cover 60 Y FACU 60 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 40 % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks: Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species 60 x 3 = 180 FACU species 60 x 4 = 240 UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: 120 (A) 420 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.5 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: FA-UPL1 Profile Description. (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-4 10YR 4/2 100 4-16 10YR 5/2 100 'Type: C=Concentration, D=De letion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS ---Covered or Coated Sand G Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that a Gravel loam Gravel loam 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (64) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Seca ndary indicators (2 ormamreauired ❑ Water Stained Leaves (69) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) []Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 2 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Recorded Data (stream gauge, maniloring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Record in recent months. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Wav/King Sampling Date:4/16/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: FA-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard 7Ne_ten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21 N. R4E _ Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Till Plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.310939 Long:-122.293696 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Aldenaood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sa Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 2Uft 1. Alnus rubra 2. 3. 4. Sapfing/Shrub Straturn (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 2. 3. 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: M 1. A/opecurus sp. 2. Epilobium ciliatum ssp. watsonii 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. None 2. nt locations. transects, important features, etc. Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 30 Y FAC That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 30 = Total Cover 60 Y FAC 60 = Total Cover 30 Y FAC 2 N FACW 32 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 68 % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks: Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL le Description. (Describe to Sampling Point: FA-WET1 needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches] Color moist % Color [moist) % Tvoe' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-1 Litter 1-3 10YR 2/2 100 3-18 10YR 6/1 100 Sandvl❑_am Sandy loam 'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (All) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ® Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: _ Depth (inches): Remarks- HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (All0) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Inmcators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that appl ® Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (63) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ® Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ® Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (67) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 6 Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Secondary Indicators (2._or more required} ❑ Water Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4121)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Retarded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/Kina Sampling Date:4/16/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: FB-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Till Plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%): 15 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.310897 Long:-122.290114 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) JUMMAKY Ur I-INUINUb — Attacn site map snowing sampling point iocations, Transects, Important Teatures, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) 1. Tsuga heterophylla 2. A/nus rubra 3• 4. SaplinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: j_5ft) 1. Rubus spectabilis Absolute % Cover 70 30 100 60 Dominant Indicator Species? Status Y FACU Y FAC = Total Cover Y FAC Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 40 WB) Prevalence Index worksheet: 2, Total % Cover of: Multiply by: 3. OBL species x 1 = 4. FACW species x 2 5. FAC species x 3 = 60 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: 0 UPL species x 5 = 1 Po/ystichum munitum 30 Y FACU Column Totals: (A) (B) 2. Pteridium aquilinum 10 Y FACU 3 Prevalence Index = B/A = 4 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5 ❑ Dominance Test is >50% 6• ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' 7. ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8 ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 40 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. 0 = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 60 % Cover of Biotic Crust Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: FB-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (mgiSt) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-7 10YR 2/2 100 Duff 7-16 10YR 3/4 100 Gravel sand 'Type: C=Concentration, D=De letion, RM=Reduced Matrix. CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (i Type: _ Depth (inches): _ Remarks: HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators minimum of one re uired• check all that a I Secondary Indicators (2 or more required ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) 4A, and 4B)) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (67) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available. Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/16/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Wav Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: FB-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21N R4F Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Till Dlain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 0 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.310897 Long:-122.290114 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site man showing samnlinal point locations. transects. imnortant features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size: 2Uft % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Fraxinus /afifolla 20 Y FACW That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. 3. 4. 20 = Total Cover Sal3djm f5hrub Stralurn (Plot size: 15ft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 5 Y FAC 2. 3. 4. 5. 5 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Polystichum munitum 10 Y FACU 2. Athyrium fflix-femina 5 Y FAC 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 15 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. None 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 85 % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks. Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (6) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL the depth needed to document the indicator or Sampling Point: FB-WET1 or moicaiors.j Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture _ Remark$ 0-4 10YR 2/1 Duff/litter 4-13 10YR 2/1 100 13-16 10YR 2/1 100 RM=Reduced Matrix Gravel muck Muck or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ® Histosol (At) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches) - Remarks: HYDROLOGY Indicators for Problematic Hydric Si ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. ` Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators minimum of one re uired• check all that so 1 ) ® Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (64) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Secondary Indicalors 2 or more re uired) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4121)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 6 Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ 17escrii?e Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections). if available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast —Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling DateA/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Cam us LLC State: WA Sampling Point: FD-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Road prlsm_in Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): west slope Slope (%): 20 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.310030 Long:-122.292461 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil Yes, or Hydrology Yes significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) oummAmy ur rmulNub — AL[acn site ma tm locations, trans Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No E within a Wetland? Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No E Remarks: At some point decades ago a utility line was buried and a road way was built on top of it Yes ❑ No E features, etc. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Dominance Test worksheet: Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Acer macrophyllum 60 Y FACU That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. Alnus rubra 40 Y FAC Total Number of Dominant 3• Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 100 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 40 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 15 Y FAC Prevalence Index worksheet: 2. Total % Cover of: Multiply bv: OBL species x i = 3. 4. FACW species x 2 = 5 FAC species 55 x 3 = 165 15 = Total Cover FACU species 120 x 4 = 480 Herb Stratum (Plot size: �ftj UPL species x 5 = 1. Polystichum munitum 10 N FACU Column Totals: 175 (A) 645 (B) 2. Dicentra formosa 30 Y FACU 3. Rubus ursinus 20 Y FACU Prevalence Index = B/A = 3_7 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5. _ ❑ Dominance Test is >50% 6. ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' 7_ ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8 ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 60 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15f) 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. 0 = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 40 Litter % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Present? Yes ❑ No E US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Profile needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence Sampling Point: FD-UPL1 Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) °/o Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-16 10YR 3/3 100 Gravel loam 'Tvoe: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining. M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (Al0) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Layer (if present): Type: _ Depth (inches): Remar(s: Fill for buried utility corridor HYDROLOGY Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators fminimum of one required: check all that a DI ) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Secondary indicators (2 pr more reguiredl ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (610) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), RCI 1141 R5. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Wav/Kind Sampling DateA/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: FD-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%): 3 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.310030 Long:-122.292461 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam, 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology Yes significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil Yes, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site man showinn samnlina nnint lorations_ transer_ts_ imnortant features. etc_ Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes E No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes E No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes E No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks: Drainage blocked by utility corridor fill. Soil originally not hydric but changing due to blocked drained and prolonged innundation. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size:.3� % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Thuja p/icata 30 Y FAC That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC4 (A) 2. Alnus rubra 10 Y FAC Total Number of Dominant 3. Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 40 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Sapling/Shrub 5lralum (Plot size: I_Lft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 45 Y FAC Prevalence Index worksheet: 2. Total % Cover of: Multiolyrby: OBL species x 1 = 3. 4 FACW species x 2 = 5 FAC species x 3 = 45 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: � UPL species x 5 = 1. Athyrium filix-femina 10 Y FAC Column Totals: (A) (B) 2. 3 Prevalence Index = B/A = 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5. E Dominance Test is >50% 6. ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' 7. ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8 ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 10 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j5ft) 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. Hydrophytic 0 = Total Cover Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 90 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Present? Yes E No ❑ Remarks: Mostly open water US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: FD-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches]_ Color (moist) % Color moist % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-1 1-7 10YR 312 100 7-16 1 OYR 4/3 90 1 OR 418 10 Rottina leaves Silt loam Silt loam Prominent feature 'Type: C=Concentration. D--De letlon, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ® Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): marks: Strong hydrogen sulfide odor HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pare Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric So€Is': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations Secondarn Indicators (2 or more required] ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4113)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 1 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous if available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way%jna Sampling Date:4/8/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way_Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: FE-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 4-7 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.310379 Long:-122.296255 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: AI_derwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes E No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? Remarks: imoortant features. etc. Yes ❑ No E Is the Sampled Area Yes ❑ No E within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No E Yes ❑ No E VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1 Acermacrophyllum 30 Y FACU That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. Popu/us ba/samifera 30 Y FAC Total Number of Dominant 3. A/nus rubra 15 Y FAC Species Across All Strata: 6 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 75 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 33 (A/B) 5a lin (Shrub Stratum (Plot size: jffl) 1. Oem/eria cerasiformis 20 Y FACU Prevalence Index worksheet: 2. Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = 3. 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species x 3 = 20 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: � UPL species x 5 = 1. Po/ystichum munitum 25 Y FACU Column Totals: (A) (B) 2. Rubus ursinus 10 Y FACU 3. Prevalence Index = B/A = 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5. ❑ Dominance Test is >50% 6. ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' 7. ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting 8 data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 35 = Total Cover Wood y Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. Hydrophytic 0 = Total Cover Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 65 % Cover of Biotic Crust Present? Yes ❑ No E Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast —Version 2.0 Sampling Point: FE-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) _ % Color (moist) % Type, Loc' Texture Remarks 0-1 1-16 10YR 3/3 CS=Covered or Coated & Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (171 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (173) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Loam 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils-' ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No El Primary Indicators minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (611) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (63) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Secondary Indicators (2 a more required] ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspecUons), it available: Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/8/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Camous. LLC _ _ State: WA Sampling Point: FE-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21N, R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.310379 Long:-122.296255 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandv loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) aumiviAKY ur, r-muiNua — Aiiacn site map snowing sampTing pomi locations, iransects, important Matures, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes® No ❑ Remarks: VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size: 3Lft) % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Popu/us ba/samifera 45 Y FAC That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A) 2. 3. 4. 45 = Total Cover Saolina/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15f, 1. Rubus spectabilis 60 Y FAC 2. 3. 4, 5. 60 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Ranunculus repens 45 Y FAC 2. Carex de leyana 15 Y FAC 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 60 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1. None 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 40 % Cover of Biotic Crust Remarks Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: FE-WET1 Profile Description: (pescribe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color(moist)--0/6 Color fmoist) % Tyne' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-13 10YR 2/2 100 Mucky loam 13-16 10YR 5/1 40 10YR 4/6 60 Sandy silt Prominent feature 'Tvoe: C=Concentration, D=Deolelion, RM=Reduced Matrix. CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining. M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soilss: ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ® Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (61) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Water Table Present? Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe Describe Recorded Datc Remarks Secondary Indicators (2 or more required). ® Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 9 Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 1 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC State: WA Sampling Point: FF-UPL1 Investigator(s). Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21 N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Road prism in Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): west slope Slope (%): 20 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.309731 Long:-122.292461 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 oercent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil Yes, or Hydrology Yes significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, Important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: At some point decades ago a utility line was buried and a road way was built on top of it VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status 1. Acer macrophyllum 60 Y FACU 2. A/nus rubra 40 Y FAC 3. 4. SaplingiShrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. Rubus spectabilis 2. 3, 4. 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Po/ystichum munitum 2. Dicentra fofmosa 3. Rubus ursinus 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. None 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 40 litter 100 = Total Cover 15 Y FAC 15 = Total Cover 10 N FACU 30 Y FACU 20 Y FACU uominance r est worKsneet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 40 (A/B) Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = . UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ❑ Dominance Test is >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 60 =Total Cover ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 0 = Total Cover % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No ED US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: FF-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color(moist) % Tvoe, Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-16 10YR 313 100 oe: C=Concentration. D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, I Gravel loam or Coated Sand Grains Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (All) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Type: Depth (inches): marks: Fill for buried utility corridor. HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Prima Indicators minimum of one re uired• check all that a AI ❑ Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available. Remarks. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast —Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: FF-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16 T21N R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): closed depression Slope (%): 0 Subregion (LRR) LRR A Lat: 47.309731 Long:-122.292461 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandV loam, 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology Yes significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil Yes, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site man showing samnlina point locations. transects. imnortant features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Drainage blocked by utility corridor fill. Soil originally not hydric but changing due to blocked drained and prolonged innundation. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size:.3� % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. A/nus rubra 90 Y FAC That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 2. Total Number of Dominant 3• Species Across All Strata: 4 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 90 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75 (A/B) Saplingl5hrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft 1. Rubus spectabilis 10 Y FAC Prevalence Index worksheet: 2_ Total % Cover of: _ Multiply by: 3. OBL species x 1 = 4 FACW species x 2 = 5 FAC species x 3 = 10 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: `� UPL species x 5 1. Athyrium Mix-femina 10 Y FAC Column Totals: (A) (B) 2. Po/ystichum munitum 10 Y FACU 3 Prevalence Index = B/A = q Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5 ® Dominance Testis >50% 6 ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' 7 ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8. ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 20 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: j_Lft) 1 None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. Hydrophytic 0 = Total Cover Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 0 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Mostly open water US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: FF-WET1 Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features inches Color (moist) — % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-1 Rottina leaves 1-7 10YR 312 100 7-16 10YR 4/3 90 1 OR 4/8 10 C=Concentration. Silt loam Sill )Darn Prominent feature RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ® Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) strictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): maths: Strong hydrogen sulfide odor HYDROLOGY indicators: 'Location: PL=Pore Lininq, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (All0) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Primary indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (63) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (68) Secondary Indicatols_C2 or more reuuire) ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4113)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (610) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 1 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), Remarks: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Wav/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: GB-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): Slope (%): Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308279 Long:-122.298501 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwoad gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 oercent sloprs NWI classification: None_ Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site man showing samnlina naint locations. trani imnnrtant featnrPs. etc_ Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes M No ❑ Remarks: Record rainfall in recent months. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. Thuja plicata 30 Y FAC That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. Fraxinus excelsior 60 Y NIL Total Number of Dominant 3 Species Across All Strata: 5 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 90 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 40 (A/B) 5aolinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 20 Y FAC Prevalence Index worksheet: 2. Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = 3. 4. FACW species x 2 = 5. FAC species 50 x 3 = 150 20 = Total Cover FACU species 40 x 4 = 160 Herb Stratum (Plot size: � UPL species x 5 = 1. Po/ystichum munitum 15 Y FACU Column Totals: 90 (A) 310 (B) 2. Rubus ursinus 25 Y FACU 3. Prevalence Index = B/A = 34 4. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5. ❑ Dominance Test is >50% 6. ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' 7. ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting 8 data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 40 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. Hydrophytic 0 = Total Cover Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 60 litter % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: GB-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color moist % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-10 10YR 3/4 100 10-16 10YR 3/4 100 RM=Reduced Matrix Sandyloam Sandy loam With charcoal or Coated Sand Grains. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (At 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches) Remarks: HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq. M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (At0) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators minimum of one required: check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (At) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (64) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (65) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Yes ❑ No Secondary Indicators (2 or more reauired). ❑ Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4121)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9 ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 10 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspectlons), Remarks: Record rainfall in previous months. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King- Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus. LLC _ State: WA Sampling Point: GB-WET1 Investigator(s). Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16, T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Glacial till plain Local relief (concave, convex, none): drainage channel Slope (%): 1 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.308279 Long:-122.298501 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology Yes significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS - Attach site man showing samolina point locations. transects. imoortant features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Soils probably disturbed in past logging probably contributing to topographic - Perhaps skid trail. VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: Tree Stratum (Plot size: 2ffl) % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 1. None That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 2. Total Number of Dominant 3. Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) 4. Percent of Dominant Species 0 = Total Cover That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) SaplinglShrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. Comus sericea 15 Y FACW Prevalence Index worksheet: 2_ Total % Cover of: Multiply by: 3. OBL species x 1 = 4, FACW species x 2 = 5 FAC species x 3 = 15 = Total Cover FACU species x 4 = Herb Stratum (Plot size: � UPL species x 5 = 1. Pha/aris arundinacea 30 Y FACW Column Totals: (A) (B) 2. 3 Prevalence Index = B/A = 4 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5 ® Dominance Testis >50% g ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' 7 ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) 8. ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 30 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 15ft) 1. None 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 2. Hydrophytic 0 = Total Cover Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 70 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast- Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: GB-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe, Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-4 10YR 3/3 100 Loam 4-16 10YR 511 80 10YR 5/8 20 Silly sand Prominent feature RM=Reduced Matrix or Coated Sand Grains. Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (All) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ® Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: Soils HYDROLOGY 2Location: PL=Pore Lininq. M=Matrix Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ in past logging probably contributing to topographic - Perhaps skid trail. Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary, Indicators (minimum of one reouired� check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (64) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 6 Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 0 Remarks: Secondary Indicators (2 or more regUired] ® Water Stained Leaves (139) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections). it available: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/King Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus LLC State: WA Sampling Point: PG-UPL1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Hillslope Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 3-5 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.305356 Long:-122.292863 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam. 0 to 8gercent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) ,UMMAKY Uh I-INUINUZi — Attacn site map snowing sampling point locations, transects, important remures, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes El No ❑ Is the Sampled Area Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No M within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) 1. A/nus rubra 2. 3. 4. Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: j.Lft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 2. 3. 4 5. Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1. Po/ystichum munitum 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: lUft 1. None 2. Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance Test worksheet: % Cover Species? Status Number of Dominant Species 70 Yes FAC That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 70 = Total Cover 40 Y FAC 40 = Total Cover 70 Y FACU 70 = Total Cover 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 30 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 3 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 67 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species 110 x 3 = 330 FACU species 70 x 4 = 280 UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: 180 (A) 610 (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.39 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: PG-UPL1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confine the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-9 10YR 3/1 100 9-13 10YR 4/1 100 )e: C=Concentration, D=Df SiL RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. j Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hemarks: HYDROLOGY No redox ZLocation: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils' ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check _all _that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) G�eia nti�e'..�r:....�• Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, Remarks: Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ® Water Stained Leaves (69) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 413)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No if available: I US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project/Site: Weyerhaeuser City/County: Federal Way/Kin Sampling Date:4/9/16 Applicant/Owner: Federal Way Campus, LLC State: WA Sampling Point: PG-WET1 Investigator(s): Richard Tveten Section, Township, Range: Section 16. T21N. R4E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Hillslope Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 1-2 Subregion (LRR): LRR A Lat: 47.304224 Long: _122.293305 Datum: NAD83 Soil Map Unit Name: Alderwood gravelly sandy loam, 0 to 8 percent slopes NWI classification: None Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks ) Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation No, Soil No, or Hydrology No naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants. int locations, tra Is the Sampled Area within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Absolute Dominant Indicator Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30ft) % Cover Species? Status 1. A/nus rubra 25 Yes FAC 2. Populus ba/samifera 5 N FAC 3. 4. 30 = Total Cover Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: !Lft) 1. Rubus spectabilis 80 Y FAC 2, 3. 4. 5 80 = Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot size: 1 None 2. 3. 4, 5, 6. 7. 8. 0 = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 1 Jft 1. None 2. 0 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 100 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 )ortant features, etc. Dominance Test worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: 2 (B) Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply by: OBL species x 1 = FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = FACU species x 4 = UPL species x 5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: ® Dominance Testis >50% ❑ Prevalence Index is s3.0' ❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) ❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 SOIL Sampling Point: GB-WET1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the aWence of inarcators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features ,inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe, Loc2 Texture Remarks 0-6 10YR 3/1 100 Loam 6-8 10YR 4/1 100 CS=Covered or Coated Sand ( Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 (except MLRA 1)) ® Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Remarks: HYDROLOGY SiL 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix. Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils' ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Primary Indicators minimum of one re uir dE check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ High Water Table (A2) ❑ Salt Crust (1311) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1)(LRR A) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Secondary Indicators (2 or more. mcluired ® Water Stained Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (1213) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6(LRR A) ❑Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 6-8 Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial pnotos, Remarks: it avauaole: US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast— Version 2.0 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan APPENDIX B FEATURE SUMMARY TABLE, TALASAEA CONSULTANTS, 2017 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Appendix B Greenline Business Park FEATURE SUMMARY TABLE # Wetland ID Cowardin HGM 2014 DOE Wetland Rating Acreage Square Footage— Standard Buffer (feet), FWRC Ch.19 Category Habitat Score 1 AE PEM Depressional III 4 0.0055 239 60 2 AF PEM Depressional 111 4 0.0109 473 60 3 AG PFO Depressional III 4 01469 6,397 60 4 AH PSS Depressional 111 4 0.0163 712 60 5 Al PEM Slope IV 3 00699 3,044 40 6 AJ PEM Slope IV 3 0.0012 51 40 7 AL PEM Slope IV 3 0.0246 1,072 40 8 AM PEM Slope IV 3 0.0303 1,319 40 9 AO PEM Slope IV 3 0.0018 79 40 10 AR PEM Slope IV 3 00006 26 40 11 AS PEM Slope IV 3 0.0068 295 40 12 AV PFO Depressional III 4 02831 12,332 60 13 BA-2 PSS Depressional 111 4 0.0154 670 60 14 BR PEM Depressional III 5 0.0508 2,211 105 15 BS (N) PFO Depressional III 4 00616 2,683 60 16 BS (S) PEM Depressional IV 3 0.0044 192 40 17 CB PFO Depressional Ill 5 0.6894 30,030 105 18 CE PEM Depressional III 4 0.0051 223 60 19 CG PFO Depressional IV 4 0.0794 3.458 40 20 DE PFO Depressional III 3 0.4948 21,554 60 21 DF PFO Depressional 111 3 00019 81 60 22 DG PFO Depressional III 3 00253 1,103 60 23 DH PFO Depressional III 3 0.0062 271 60 24 DI PFO Depressional III 3 0.0052 227 60 25 DK PFO Depressional III 3 0.1454 6,332 60 26 EI PFO Depressional IV 3 00040 175 40 27 EJ PSS Depressional III 3 0.0053 231 60 ** Reflects on -site acreage for wetlands that continue off -site 10/24/2017 9:35 AM Greenline Business Park FEATURE SUMMARY TABLE # Wetland ID Cowardin HGM 2014 DOE Wetland Rating Acreage Square Footage— Standard Buffer (feet), FWRC Ch.19 Category itat Score 28 EK PSS Depressional III 3 00041 179 60 29 EL PSS Depressional III 3 00085 372 60 30 EM PSS Depressional III 3 0.0070 306 60 31 FA PSS Slope IV 4 0.0499 2,174 40 32 FB PSS Depressional III 4 0.1688 7,353 60 33 FD PFO Depressional IV 3 0.0157 686 40 34 FE PFO Depressional 111 5 0.0074 324 105 35 FF PSS Depressional IV 3 00225 978 40 36 GB (N) PSS Depressional lil 3 00775 3,377 60 37 IA PEM Slope IV 3 0.0603 2,625 40 38 KA PEM Slope IV 4 0.0238 1,038 40 39 KB PEM Slope IV 5 0.0003 15 40 40 KC PEM Slope IV 6 0.0072 314 40 41 KID PEM Slope IV 7 0.0407 1.771 40 42 KF PEM Slope IV 8 0.0087 378 40 43 KH PEM Slope IV 3 0.0010 45 40 44 KI PEM Slope IV 3 1 0.0013 58 40 45 KJ PEM Slope IV 3 0.0008 37 40 46 KK PEM Slope IV 3 0.0003 12 40 47 KL PEM Slope IV 3 0.0010 44 40 48 KM PEM Slope IV 3 0.0003 14 40 49 KN PEM Slope IV 10 0.0156 678 40 50 KT PEM Slope IV 11 0.0055 239 40 51 KU PEM Slope IV 12 0.0013 55 40 52 KV PEM Slope IV 13 0.0017 74 40 53 KW PEM Slope IV 14 0.0176 765 40 54 PK PFO Depressional Ili 4 0.0310 1,350 60 `' Reflects on -site acreage for wetlands that continue off -site 10/24/2017 9:35 AM Greenline Business Park FEATURE SUMMARY TABLE NETLANDS WITHIN SHORELINE MANAGEMENT ZONE # Wetland ID Cowardin HGM Acreage Square Footage" Standard Buffer (feet), FWRC Ch.15 55 BA PFO Depressional 0.1980 8,626 100 56 BB PFO Depressional 0.0687 2,992 25 57 BD (N) PFO/PSS Depressional 2.6667 116,160 100 58 BK PSS Slope 0.0028 121 0 59 BL PSS Slope 0.0467 2,035 0 60 BE PFO Slope 0.0053 231 0 61 BF PSS Slope 0.0564 2,455 0 62 CD PSO/PSS Lake Fringe 2.4710 107,636 200 63 PG (BJ) PFO/PSS Slope 0.4075 17,752 100 10/24/2017 9:35 AM Greenline Business Park FEATURE SUMMARY TABLE LINEAR FEATURES - STREAMS/LAKES Standard Buffer �# �lllaterhody ID Type (feet), FWRC MINIS 1 Stream AC F 100 2 North Lake Lake 50 10/24/2017 9:35 AM Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan APPENDIX C PHOTODOCUMENT, TALASAEA CONSULTANTS, 2017 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Appendix C Federal Way Campus, LLC Existing Conditions Report The following is a compilation of photos taken between December 2015 and May of 2016 by employees of Talasaea Consultants on various site visits. Wetlands delineated on -site were part of a larger effort to document all wetlands found throughout the Federal Way Campus, LLC property in Federal Way (formerly owned by Weyerhaeuser), which explains the irregular wetland labels. Included in this photodocument are photos of typical wetland vegetation, typical coniferous and deciduous upland, and gravel access roads throughout the site. 26 January 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Photodocument (01-27-2017) Page 1 j Federal Wav Campus, LLC Typical Herbaceous Wetland (Photo 1) Existing Conditions Report Photo 1. Typical herbaceous wetland — salmonberry, Himalayan blackberry, red alder, reed canarygrass, and creeping buttercup. 26 January 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Photodocument (01-27-2017) Page 2 5 ^ .ti.��• •�CF'.�• -.. .•�• � - Fr t-y r.' r. sue+jpp- -. 1�Al +I�P'� •` �� 'S ':a '•fit � �• . ... � _ i , ;..�: y�, �• or tx Ar . ...�' yea �• � '. 84 �6 n•r :yfi d7 - fj Federal Way Campus, LLC Existing Conditions Report E SE 750 LAT: 47.307853 LON:-12Z-299367 t Photo 4. Typical salmonberry wetland with European Ash planted in rows. 26 January 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Photodocument (01-27-2017) Page 4 Federal Way Campus, LLC Typical Open Field (Photos 5 — 7) Photo S. Panorama of open field from the east side- Existinq Conditions Re til' x , W0. _4 Photo 6. Typical emergent wetland vegetation within the open field. 26 January 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Photodocument (01-27-2017) Page 5 Federal Way Campus, LLC Existing Conditions Report Photo 7. Typical wetland vegetation within open field. 26 January 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Photodocument (01-27-2017) Page 6 Federal Way Campus, LLC Stream Channel (Photos 8 — 9) Photo 8. Stream channel looking north from the access road. Photo 9. Stream channel looking south from the access road. Existing Conditions Report 26 January 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Photodocument (01-27-2017) Page 7 Federal Way Campus, LLC Existing Conditions Report Stormwater (Photo 10) 6.1 LAT: 47,304149 LON:-122-298487 Photo 10. Stormwater pond located on site 26 January 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Photodocument (01-27-2017) Page 8 Sty Ail )AA ►' P, 34 Lms � � �� � `•rriy r •, ' •1 � r 1 ti z • _ �L�� qm a Federal Way Campus, LLC Existing Conditions Report Access Roads (Photo 13) Photo 13. Along the access road in the northwest corner of the property, facing south. 26 January 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Photodocument (01-27-2017) Page 11 Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan APPENDIX D WETLAND RATING FORMS, TALASAEA CONSULTANTS, 2016 & 2017 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Appendix D Wetland name or number -&-d Ar /*g RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): Plv I"� . �� L Date of site visit:�1 �b Rated by Trained by Ecology?.,,� Yes _No Date of training fIL5 HGM Class used for rating Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y -�--N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY IV:- (based on Functions or special characteristics!) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I - Total score = 23 - 27 Category 11- Total score = 20 - 22 'f'--Category III -Total score = 16 -19 Category IV - Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic ` Habitat Water Quality _. Circie the appropriate roongs ite Potential H ` W L H L H ( L andscape Potential H ��� L H } L H M, l l Value M L H L H L TOTAL core Based on ratings / 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC Estuarine Wetland of High Conservation Value Bog Mature Forest Old Growth Forest Coastal Lagoon Interdunal None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 CATEGORY 1 II 1 { I I I Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4=M,L,L 3 = L, L, L I Il I II III IV {` 1 Wetland name or number AO P 1,1 j -0 DFPRESS�QNAL AND FIATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to Improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface ❑r duff toyed is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions).Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes) - Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > %: of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ondin or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > %: total area of wetland points = 4 2- Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above —J Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H 6-11= M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 1 D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = o V D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? Source Yes = 1 No = 0 L Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 or 4 = H 2!�,_1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3_2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? `! � '7 Yes = 2 No = O Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above' ,L Rating of Value If score is:�C 2-4= H _3 = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number AkAil 4g DEPRESSIDNAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions ; Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. C�haractgristics of surface.water outflows from the wetland; Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Wetland Is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet Isa permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet eriods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater' wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions an the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 In) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed : Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for 14 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score Is:_12-15 = H _r,6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 n. D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at I >1 residencelac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H V 1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologist functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landsca pe that has f looding probiems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose Me hi hest score i more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points =1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? I l Yes =2 No=O Total for D 6 riating of Value If score is:-2-4 = H Z 1= M _,0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Add the points in the boxes above Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number AV//i- IA-V These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide Important habitat H 1.0, Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1,1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland, Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of Y. ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. bey! 4 structures or more: points= 4 �quatic mergent 3 structures: points = 2 7Scrub-shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) �j 2 structures: points = 1 TForested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) j�}4� 1 structure: points = 0 I u�, If the unit has a Forested class, check if: The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see textfor descriptions of hydroperiods). _Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 C� Saturated only I type present: points = 0 /U Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points _Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftZ. Different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. ,f None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number -At/4-F IAI-t- H 1,5. Special habitat features: Ch ck the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). lStanding snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least Y. ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) Total for H 1 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-19 = H _ '-14 = M (SJ0-6 = L Add the points in the boxes above H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? Record the rating on the first page H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_ _ % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon 20-33% of 1 km Polygon 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 3 points = 2 2 points =1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 4 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_= % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 I Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 i Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Pol gal i points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = {- 2) CL <- 50% of 1 km Palvgon is high intensity points = 0 1 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above I () Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H _1-3 = M r_< 1= L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1, Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state orfederal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points =1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above points = u dating of Value If score is:_2 = H (" 1 = M J0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 14 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number A v ► DFVV Priority Habitats f'dority habitats listed by WDFW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitatand Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. Irtt;r//wdf0V.wa•+ v i e ' JSJ f R5 v i1i65.ntlf or access the list from here: (�.In:I i r�t[I'tv.wai.>✓�rvfct�nser•v:itionLt�3�Lf�#l) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: (VOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: 01d•grQwLh •west of Casgide crest - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age_ Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak congi►onent is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p.1S8 - see web link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to ayuntic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). lnstream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): y„e%&tJ4lit,/ /)- _ r�Y_ �.572, Date of site visit: Rated by ('lLl.�-i G Trained by Ecology?_ Yes No Date of training HGM Class used for rating Qrvl' Wetland has multiple HGM classes?kY� N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY _jL- (teased on funcrionti k or special characteristics_—) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Score for each 11—Total score = 20 - 22 function based —.Category � on three Category III -Total score = 16 -19 ratings Category IV —Total score = 9 -15 io,d [r of ratings FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic E!t� important) Water Quality 9 = H,H,H Circle the appropriate ratings g = H,H,M j Site Potential H L H L H 7= H,H,L (Landscape Potential H t. H lr H 7 = H,M,M Value j T M L H L H TOTAL 6= H,M,L V' 6 = M,M,M (Score Based on /j 17 ` I 5 = H,L,L Ratings I I Y 5 = M,M,L 4 _ M,L,L 3=L,L,L 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC Estuarine Wetland of High Conservation Value Bog CATEGORY I II I I Mature Forest _ I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal [ [I III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 1 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number AL DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water,Quality Functions - Indicators that the `site functions to improve water quality 1,0, Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1 0arareristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 an key) with no surface water leaving it )no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly ccnstr'cted permanently flowing outlet, r points = 2 I Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1 2. The sail 2 in below the juft:e(or doE Idyerl is true clay or true organic (use MRCS definitions; -Yes -11 No - 0 D 1.3 CharaCtensucs and distrib utjan of yersiitgntV:inn4 (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes) Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95'i of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > Y� of area points = 3 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > `/I(, of area point3 = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <'/It) of area points = 0 D 1.4. Chara[teristics of season.zl nondisig a itiund.rtiorr: This is the area that is ponded for at feast 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > YZ total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is <% total area of wetland points =0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H Y-6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 1 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quagty function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No-0 D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 CJ D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 %0 = 0 D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? i Source Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for 0 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 or 4 = H _Y_1 ar 2 = M = L_a = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mil to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 G D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = Z No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above � Rating of Value If score is:_X2-4 = H _1= M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - 3ffective January 1, 20 t5 Record the rating on the first page j Wetland nan-.e or number Azz DEPRESSLQNAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions' Indicators that the site functions to reduce Flooding and stream degradation 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D a 1. characteristics of surface water outflows from the weclana: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leav ng it (no outlet) points= 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently Mewing a:utletpolnts= 2 Wetland is a flat deoression (QUESTION 7 on key). whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slight) constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points= 0 04.2 Oyptii of storlue dutind wet yerir7da: Estimate the height of ponding above the botram of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet measure f •cm the surface of permanent water or.f dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = L Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points - 0 D 4 3, C int ibuti n f the wetland to s[vra a ut th -watershed- Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream nasin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 tmes the area of the unit paints = 5 ' The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit pcints = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit ❑cints = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class {:pints = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above 6 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = HS 11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page ') S.O. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? 5.1, Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runotf? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3_ Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.p _ Yes= 1 No -O Total fcr D 5 Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:l3 = H lor2=M 0=L Add the points in the boxes above r2 D 6.0_ Are the hydrologic functions provided lay the site valuable to society? Record the rating on the first page D 6 1. The iinlf is in a landscape that has fioudin rablents. CheoTo Me description that best matches cnnditions around the weriond unit being rated. Do nat odd ppifrts. Chrausc me- hMlteIr score ignore tharl une ca+uiJtrun is q et. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise fiowdown•gradient into areas where flooding i-as damaged human or natural resources (e-g., houses or salmon redds): Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 ■ Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = t Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin, points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland, points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above i ating of Value If score is:_2-4 = H ,.V' .1 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective Ja:zuary t, 201 S Wetland mine or number These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to larovide important habitat 1 1.0. Does the Site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1 Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowordin dosses and strata withir. the Forested class Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Op to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the thr,2shnld pF% ac or more than 10% of the unit rf it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number ofstructures checked Aquatic bed 4 structures or more- points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 _Scrub-shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 i Forested (areas where trees have > 3M'.' cover) 1 structw e: points = 0 If the unit has n Forested closs, check if: The Forested class has 3 out of S strata (canopy, st.b-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested poinion H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland, The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or X, ac to count fsee text for descriptions of hydroperiods) _Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or Inundated 3 types present. points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 --TPermanendy flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland Z points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftz. Different patches of the same species can be combined to ,meet the size threshold and you do not hove to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple foosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 3 species points--0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetatea areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low. or none. if you hove four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is ofways high. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System For Western bVkA 2014 1Jpdate 13 Rating harm — Effective January t, MS r� r Wetland name or number H I.S. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diamete+ and 6 ft long). _Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not vet weathered where wood is exposed) At least ya ac of thin-stemrned persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) _Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strc to) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H ' -_7-14 = M O-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0, Does the Landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: %undisturbed habitat_; [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/Z]_= % If total accessible habitat is: > L/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon _ _ _ points = 0 H 2 2 Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon aroun�the wetland. ` O Co/cufare' % undis_urbed habitat-- + [(%moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= % Undisturbed habitat> 50% of Polygon points =3 Undisturbed habitat 10 50°%and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km POIVOan points =0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If —2— > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = ( 2) <_ 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is; 4-6 = H 1-3 = M _< 1 = L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3, 1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highestscore that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WOFW priority species — It is a wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 5+te clues not meet any of the r, rtNr+a ;above ating of Value If score Is:-2 = H zZ = M - __O = L Wetland Rattng System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 201.S j points = a Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number WDFW Priority Habitats IJX WDJ; (see •complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Deparnnent of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Pi`.or(ty liahitat and Species List, Olytnpia, Washington. 1" pp. Ir�cl ;' ,y�1.t�.v.t;, ry'111til,li�.tri�1n+'00I � �.':v�fi�r11I! .� s+ill or access the list ft'nm here: i11ID_ilwcihv,yt',t.'_!rVloll o--1 l ill j L)h�i'(� Counr how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 It (100 m) of the wetland unit, NOTE. This quesnon is nciepet;dent of tht lunLl use between the wetinnd unitar.d the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.1 ha). — Biodlversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to var`.ous species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in K,DFbV PHS report). — Herbaceous Halds: Variable -size patches of grass and (orbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old growth/Mature forests: �11�I„husv - :&1ea►Ie rr•esg - Stands of at least 2 t-ree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (61 cm) dbh ar> 200 year's of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100cra; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth: 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is tmportant (fii'l descriptinns in 6VDFW PHS reportp. 2.S8 - see web link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other_ Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in 6,VDFW PHS reportp. 161 -see web link above). [nstream; 'rhe combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for insrream Fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast N�arshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore_ (%ull descriptions ofhabitats and the definition of relatively' undisturbed are in WDFbV rennrt - see web fink on previous pLryel. — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, u:e, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 ml high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation- - Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2 0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. — Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/ use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (S 1 cin) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm.) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 It (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed ,Isewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number V RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): AV Date of site visit: 1/� 5 / l �' Rated by J , MGM Trained by Ecology? "Yes No Date of training "} /0 HGM Class used for rating Yt&LP Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y � N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY In (based on functions X or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Category II — Total score = 20 - 22 X Category III —Total score = 16 -19 Category IV — Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Habitat I Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings Site Potential H M. L H , L H M Landscape Potential H & L H I� L H M Value ;14, M L H N(� L H L TOTAL Score Based on -7 4- (7 Ratings 1 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon 1 II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above X Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H, H, H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L,L,L 1 Wetland name or number _4 HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question B. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? IO - go to 2 YES - the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.11s the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is not scored. This method cannot be used to score functions for estuarine wetlands. 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. 0- go to 3 YES - The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at anytime of the year) at least 20 ac (8 ha) in size; _At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m). L go to 4 YES - The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygradual), The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded. IO-goto5 YES - The wetland class is Slope NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river, The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number A'U - go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine NOTE: The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at sometime during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO -go to 7 CEj�L The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO - go to 8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the HGM class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. Ifyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 4 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points =1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface (or duff laverl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions).Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants >'% of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal oonding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is >'/: total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is <'% total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:__12-16 = H X 6-11= M 0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes =1 No = 0 D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? Source Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 or 4 = H _1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above z 3 Rating of Value If score is: x_2-4 = H _3 = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number AV DE PRESSIO NAL AN D FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions - Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Z Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of stora a during wet eriods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points =1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H =` 6-11 = M 0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes =1 No = 0 I D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 C) D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above 7- Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H X 1 or 2 = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landsca p a that has Moo din g problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do n a t add points. Choose the hi hestscore if more than gne condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value if score is:-2-4 = H > 1= M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of Y. ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 _Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 _Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points =1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• k The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see textfor descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 k Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 _Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 -19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. 0 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number .10 V2 H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. �C Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). _Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) X At least ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) X Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _7-14 = M k 0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat thotdirectly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]— if total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon paints = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ = % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) <- 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:-4-6 = H _1-3 = M _< 1= L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highestscore that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points =1 Site does not meet any of the criteria ab[ Rating of Value If score is:-2 = H "�- 1= M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 14 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number WDFW Priority Habitats Prmority habitats listed by W17H W (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List Olympia, Washington. 177pp.hU://wdfw.wa.gov/ptiblicationsIO0165LwdfWO0165,pd or access the list from here: hLtp;Jlwdiw.wa.goy/conservation lisjlistl) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth west of Cascade crest -Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest — Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 - see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p.161 - see web link above). — Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. — Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number cik �L RATING SUMMARY - Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): NI `NL- �15"fa Date of site visit: lar'Ig(r� Rated -4t,-06eje- Trained by Ecology?j Yes _No Date of training [— HGM Class used for rating ~dui t Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y X N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND .CATEGORY -F (based on functions_ —)�or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Category II — Total score = 20 - 22 Category III — Total score = 16 - 19 Category IV —Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Water Quality Hydrologic Habitat Circle the appropriate ratings Site Potential H M� L H L H N1 L (Landscape Potential H L H L H M Value H M L H M L H (!5 L 'score Based on 'Ratings TOTAL 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Score for each function based on three rati ngs (order of ratings is riot important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L,L,L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 1 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number 4� Maps and figures required to answer questions correctly for Western Washington De ressionai Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes D 1.3, H 1.1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods D 1.4. H 1.2 Location of outlet (can be added to map of hydroperiods) D I.I. D 4.1 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to onother figure) D 2.2, D 5.2 Map of the contributing basin D 4.3, D 5.3 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) D 3.1, D 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) D 3.3 Riverine Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # cowardin plant classes H 1. 1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods H 1.2 Ponded depressions R 1.1 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to another figure) R 2.4 Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants R 1.2, R 4.2 Width of unit vs. width of stream (can be added to anotherfigure) R 4.1 Map of the contributing basin R 2.2, R 2.3, R 5.2 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) R 3.1 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) I R 3.2, R 3.3 Lake Fringe Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes L 1.1, L 4.1, H 1.1, H 1.4 Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants L 1.2 Roundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (con be added to another figure) L 2.2 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin ifrom _colc;y website) L 3.1, L 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) L 3.3 Slope Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes H 1.1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods H 1.2 Plant cover of dense trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants S 1.3 Plant cover of dense, rigid trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants (can be added to figure above) S 4.1 Boundary of 150 ft buffer (can be added to another figure) S 2.1, S 5.1 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) S 3.1, S 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) 53.3 Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number IN_�_ HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? 9 go to 2 YES - the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.1 is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is not scored. This method cannot be used to score functions for estuarine wetlands, 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. apoug o to 3 YES - The wetland class is Flatsr wetand can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at any time of the year) at least 20 ac (8 ha) in size; least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m). 60—At } go to 4 YES - The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual), The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded, NO go to 5 YES - The wetland class is Slope NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually `3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). S. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding From that stream or river, The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Rating System for Western WA; 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number kL�- tNO go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine TE., The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at sometime during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO - go to 7 CES he wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO - go to 8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the HGM class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM class to use in rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake Fringe Lake Fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary of depression Depressional Depressional+ Lake Fringe Depressional Riverine + Lake Fringe Riverine Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as I ESTUARINE Ifyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number &q— DEPRESSiONAL AND FLATS -WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the•site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1,1. Characteristics of surface Water otitflows from the wetland; Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1 2. The soil 2 in below :he surface or duff layerlayerl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes)- Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95%of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > % of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants >'/io of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics ❑f seasonal ondin ar inundat'sdn_: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > X total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H 1 11= M ,0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page S Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 3or 4 = H _)(1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on rnerirsr page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes =1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Rating of Value If score is:_4\ 2-4 = H _1 = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Add the points in the boxes above Record the rating on the first page 5 fi Z Wetland name or number W, DEPRESSIONALANDFLATSIWETLANDS Hydrologic;Functions.- indicators that the slte functions to reduce flooding'and stream -degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? ❑ 4.1, Characteristics of surface water outflows From the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage durine wet periods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 % Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storar?e in the watershed; Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H6 ii = M �(1-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 SY Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H -)( I or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has flooding roblems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the highest score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin, points = 1 I The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been Identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is:2-4 = H '-Jk i = M !0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number M2 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes.. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches maybe combined for each class to meet the threshold of'< ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points= 4 Emergent 3 structures: points= 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 _Forested (areas where trees have > 309/o cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if: The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, mass/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see textfor descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points =1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft�. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not Include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 -19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. (:D (::0) (*)(0) None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points A•' �1 All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3polnts Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 v Wetland name or number Z H 1.5. Special habitat features: Chark the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. �,_-arge, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). _Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) _4t least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H T 7-14 = M ]_C O.6 = L Record the rating on the first page - H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ ((% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= If total accessible habitat is; > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3j 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points= 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 I < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]— Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points =1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If ^ > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) ` L <- 50% of 1 km Polygon is high Intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:-4-6 = H _1-3 = M -)-< 1= L Record the raring on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highestscore that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state orfederal lists) I — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above Roints = 0 Rating of Value If score Is:_2 = H = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number �� WDFW Priority Habitats f's•'i 1 -ibi ti (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife, 2008, Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington, 177 pp v i]i5/[}0lfir►Jwdl'sx0S1_lCtS ]toll or access the list from here: 11(W,/ e " '! g9VIcnnSC -va L n1I/-1)11SI IaL) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independentof the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock, — Old-growth/Mature forests: Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi, layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least S trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh al- 200 years of age. Mature fo1= - Stands with average diameters exceeding 2I in (53 c;n) dbh; crown cover may be Iess than 100%, decay. decadence, numbers of snags, and qua ntlty of Iarge downed material is generally less than that Found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. — Oregon White Dale: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important ( full descriptions in WDFW PH5 report p.158 -see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other, — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). — Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. — Nearshore- Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — 'raius: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 . 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. Inlay be associated with cliffs. y are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to Snags and Lags: Trees are considered snags if the enable cavity excavationjuse by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of n 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are n 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority Iogs are- 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. j Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 �J Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): [Al0-fl61 h at Date of site visit: Ly Rated by_j _i lr Z74 — Trained by Ecology?kyes _No Date of training-16-5-- HGM Class used for rating 0U Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY (based on functionsx or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Category II —Total score = 20 - 22 T_Category III —Total score = 16 - 19 x_Category IV —Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION f Improving I Hydrologic Habitat f Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings .Site Potential H L H M H M L Landscape Potential H ��� H M L H M L Value l(I> M L H L H M i TOTAL Score Based on —j Ratings `t 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings Is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H, H, L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5=H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3=L,L,L TM � �Sr IV7 W i Wetland name or number _&K j DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality J L0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface or duff laverlaverl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > M of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > %z total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < A total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H 6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 () D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes =1 No = 0 C> D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.4. Are then they ources of p Mutant comiy1to the wetland that are n t h ed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? Source � /1 OGx AL 2 . �,t Yes = 1 No = 0 - Total for D 2 ' Add he points in the boxes above I, Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 or 4 = H L—P or 2 = M ,,0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 _ Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above n G Rating of Value If score is:V2-4 = H _1 = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number K DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS HydrefogicFunctions -Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation 0 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 2 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet periods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 `Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 - Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage In the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H _6-11 = M 0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 15.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? J 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 V D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 D Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 = H _1 or 2 = M 4-0 = L Record the rating on the first page I D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? I D 6.1. The unit is_in_a landscape that has flooding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the highest Score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 I D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? I Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 sting of Value If score is:_2-4 = H )(_1= M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Add the points in the boxes above Record the rating on the first page A. Wetland name or number EJ R J These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat 1 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? ,H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of % ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if: The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or A ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points 1 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft". Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. (: 0 :) (*) ( 0 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 13 F Wetland name or number H 1.5, Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least A ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures foregg-laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of I Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above I 2 I Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _7-14 = M 40-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 j 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 r 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2)_= % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 r Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 4 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) _ 2 <_ 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H /1-3 = M Y< 1 = L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highestscore that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the cry da above points = 0 .ating of Value If score is:_2 = H � = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number NZI WDFW Priority Habitats Prigrity habitats listed by WDFW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. hrt : I /wdfw.waR2ov/pLih_ ' 1 n s 65- jw wi)Ql65. or access the list from here: w fw a. v c v t i l ti ) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth w - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. — Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 - see web link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources_ Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed Asewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or numbers (.1/D DATING SUMMARY - Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): WeA,�,JM eg. T}L (''% Date of site visit: I r It Rated by_ Trained by Ecology? es No Date of training 1 S HGM Class used for rating Dial Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y _.kN NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY (based on function or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Category 11— Total score = 20 - 22 Category III —Total score = 16 -19 Category IV —Total score = 9 -15 I FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic I Habitat Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings :site Potential H L H N L H M L (Landscape Potential H M L H L H V L Value H M L H U L H M �} TOTAL ,Score Based on Ratings r „ 7A (o `T l 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4=M,L,L 3 = L,L,L 1 W ettand name or number t3s C1V0 mote, DEPRESSI0NAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality 11 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface or duff IaMrj is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > % of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants >'/lo of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <'/io of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points - 4 Area seasonally ponded is >'% total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is <'/ total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H 6-11 = M l,0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 1 1 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? p� C Source Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above ' Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: l3 or 4 = H _�/_1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page M D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (Le., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? _ Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is: V 2-4 = H _1= M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 5 Wetland name or number F3S (A/'D r- lit DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions - Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet periods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage In the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H ,/a_6-11= M —0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at O >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above t< Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 = H Y_1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has flooding prahlems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the highest score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 } Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 I The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above ating of Value If score is: _2-4 = H X1 = M 0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 0 Record the rating on the first page I k Wetland name or number 13S b vdm_,� These questions apply to wetlands of. all HGM classes. 4nRITOT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat 1 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of % ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 _Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.' IKThe Forested class has 3 out of S strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points i 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftz. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygross, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. (:::D (:0:) (*)(00) None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row ' r_• are HIGH = 3points�� Wetland Rating System For Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 0 r� Wetland name or number H 1.5. Special habitat features: Tethe habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. arge, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above j Rating of Site Potential If score is: 15-18 = H _7-14 = IM Y 0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ = % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) — Z <_ 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H1-3 = M _< 1 = L H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? Record the rating on the first page H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated_ Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above points = 0 .,ating of Value If score is:_2 = H _1 = M 4-, 0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 ❑r Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number �,?5 (Al-b ►' * WDFW Priority Habitats Priorily habitats listed bx W_Qj:A (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. w fw.wa h ' a in s 0 1651.wdfw00 t6lpdf or access the list from here: r w l w.w ov cn ti ivati iiI' t Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question iS independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth west of - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or> 200 years of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. — Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 - see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS reportp. 161 - see web link above). — Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. — Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. — Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed ;lsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number a RATING SUMMARY -- Western Washington Tit(I- Name of wetland (or ID Wes{ , nd W C o ,,-M 15 �,.)- C Date of site visit: I 4-s �J k Rated by Y-A( �wvA Trained by Ecology?X Yes No Date of training 5 HGM Class used for rating Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y X N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY 11T� (based on functions or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Category II — Total score = 20 - 22 x Category III — Total score = 16 - 19 Category IV — Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Habitat Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings :Site Potential H L H M L H M Landscape Potential H (B> L H & L H M O Value M L H (D L H (9> L TOTAL Score Based on Rntincc 'T I 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine 1 II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above x Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4= M,L,L 3 = L,L,L 1 {J' e*-Ia-d naml-.. of liliin vei � �� Y•+1. -, Maps and figures required to answer questions correctly for Western Washington De ressional Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes D 1.3, H 1.1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods D 1.4, H 1.2 Location of outlet (can be added to map of hydroperiods) D 1.1, D 4.1 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to another figure) D 2.2, D 5.2 Map of the contributing basin D 4.3, D 5.3 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) D 3.1, D 3.2 I Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) D 3.3 ] Riverine Wetlands Map of- To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes H 1.1, H 1.4 _ Hydroperiods H 1.2 Ponded depressions R 1.1 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (con be added to another figure) R 2.4 Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants R 1.2, R 4.2 Width of unit vs. width of stream (can be added to another figure) R 4.1 Map of the contributing basin R 2.2, R 2.3, R S.2 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) R 3.1 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is Found (from web) R 3.2, R 3.3 Lake Fringe Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes L 1.1, L 4.1, H 1.1, H 1.4 Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants L 1.2 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland {can be added to anotherfigure) L 2.2 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) L 3.1, L 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) L 3.3 Slope Wetiands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes H 1.1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods H 1.2 Plant cover of dense trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants S 13 Plant cover of dense, rigid trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants (con be added to figure above) S 4.1 Boundary of 1S0 ft buffer (can be added to another figure) S 2.1, S 5.1 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (From Ecology website) S 3.1, S 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) 53.3 Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 201S Wetland name or number � ('S a �qei HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question B. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? 0 go to 2 YES - the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.1 Is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is not scored. This method cannot be used to score functions for estuarine wetlands. 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. Pgo to 3 YES - The wetland class is Flats ur wetland can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at anytime of the year) at least 20 ac (8 ha) in size; _At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m). VO - go to 4 YES - The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? lThe wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual), The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded. go to 5 YES - The wetland class is Slope NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river, The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number �.e L ,; `= l�tffl iwo to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at sometime during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO - go to 7 YE - The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO - go to 8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the HGM class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM class to use in rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake Fringe Lake Fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary of depression Depressional Depressional + Lake Fringe Depressional Riverine + Lake Fringe Riverine Salt eater Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE Ifyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, class Fl the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions - Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points =1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet periods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 a The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points =1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself The area of the basin is less than SO times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 7j The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above 3 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H _6-11 = M 0.5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 Nc = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H _'<_i or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has flooding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the highest score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): a Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 ■ Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 + The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the I water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above 1 Rating of Value If score is: _2-4 = H )< 1= M _O = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number 2 S DEPRESSIONAL AND FIATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points =1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface for duff LayerLayerl is true clay or true organic (use MRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 U D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent_ plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > % of area points = 3 S Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/l0 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/io of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > A total area of wetland points = 4 �T Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above a Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H .X 6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes =1 No = 0 (] D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes =1 No = 0 f' D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? Source Yes = 1 No = o Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above f Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: ,3 or 4 = H 1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 t D 3.3. 'Has the sitebeen IUCrt'ILI:IeU :1_ d watershed or localplan a5 iiiipui taut ]Of friaiiitaining wafer qualify (arisvlier 'rc5 if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above .� j Rating of Value If score is._2-4 = H �1 = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number D-- These questions` apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat , H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of X ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: paints = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if. The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or Y. ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 7Seasonally Flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 rr,� _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland V Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. Different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. :0 2:) (:*) ce None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 IN N Wet! and name `nr number -,t, H I.S. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. _Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). _Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of stratoi Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _7-14 = M X 0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon. If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) <_ 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the paints in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H _1-3 = M ,�L < 1 = L I H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? Record the rating on the first page H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet anv of the criteria a Rating of Value If score is: _2 = H YC i = M —0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the Prst page 14 Wetland name or number WDFW Priority Habitats Priority hgh(„t,gU ljgCdhy WDFW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be Found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. http: / /wdlk wa.gov l r icat ns 1 6i IwdtWQG I 5 f or access the list from here: htrp:f/wdiw,wa.gnvIca nservatinn!plys11I" 11 Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: (VOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and (orbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: Qld:growth west of Cascadr, crest - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest — Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 - see web link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. — Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or —number �_ (j G L.A J RIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL. CH STICS Wetland Type l Category Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the category when the appropriate criteria are met. SC 1.0. Estuarine wetlands Does the wetland meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, — Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 pp; Yes —Go to SC 1.1 No= Not an estuarine wetland SC 1.1. Is the wetland within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151?1. Yes = Category I No - Go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2. Is the wetland unit at least 1 ac in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? —The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. (If non-native species are Sportina, see page 25) Cat. I —At least % of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un- mowed grassland. Cat. II —The wetland has at least two of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Yes = Category 1 No = Category II SC 2.0. Wetlands of High Conservation Value (WHCV) SC 2.1. Has the WA Department of Natural Resources updated their website to include the list of Wetlands of High Conservation Value? Yes — Go to SC 2.2 No — Go to SC 2.3 SC 2.2. Is the wetland listed on the WDNR database as a Wetland of High Conservation Value? Yes = Category I No = Not a WHCV SC 2.3. Is the wetland in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? _ :rc . :v,Nwi.dnr.wa. ar/nho refdesk/datasearch ,,vnh wetlands.Ddi T Yes — Contact WNHP/WDNR and go to SC 2.4 No = Not a WHCV SC 2.4. Has WDNR identified the wetland within the S/T/R as a Wetland of High Conservation Value and listed it on their website? Yes = Category I No = Not a WHCV SC 3.0. Bogs Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below. If you answer YES you will still need to rate the wetland based an its functions. SC 3.1. Does an area within the wetland unit have organic soil horizons, either peats or mucks, that compose 16 in or more of the first 32 in of the soil profile? Yes — Go to SC 3.3 No — Go to SC 3.2 SC 3.2. Does an area within the wetland unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 in deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes — Go to SC 3.3 No = Is not a bog SC 3.3. Does an area with peats or mucks have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND at least a 30% cover of plant species listed in Table 4? Yes = Is a Category I bog No — Go to SC 3.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16 in deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the plant species in Table 4 are present, the wetland is a bog. SC 3.4. Is an area with peats or mucks forested (> 30% cover) with Sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Engelmann spruce, or western white pine, AND any of the species (or combination of species) listed in Table 4 provide more than 30% of the cover under the canopy? Yes = Is a Category I bog No = Is not a bog Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 16 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Cat. I Cat. I Wetland name or number 6 S (S-0 VA) SC 4.0. Forested Wetlands Does the wetland have at least 1 contiguous acre of forest that meets one of these criteria for the WA Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? If you answer YES you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. — Old -growth forests (west of Cascade crest): Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 in (81 cm) or more- - Mature forests (west of the Cascade Crest): Stands where the largest trees are 80- 200 years old OR the species that make up the canopy have an average diameter (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm). Yes = Category I No = Not a forested wetland for this section Cat. I SC 5.0. Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? — The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks —The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains ponded water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) Cat. Yes - Go to SC 5.1 No = Not a wetland in a coastal lagoon 5C 5.1. Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? —The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of aggressive, opportunistic plant species (see list of species on p. 100). Cat. II —At least % of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un- mowed grassland. The wetland is larger than 1/10 ac (4350 W) Yes = Category I No = Category II SC 6.0. Interdunal Wetlands Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its habitat functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: — Long Beach Peninsula: Lands west of SR 103 — Grayland-Westport: Lands west of SR 105 Cat — Ocean Shores-Copalis: Lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 Yes - Go to SC 6.1 No = not an interdunal wetland for rating SC 6.1. Is the wetland 1 ac or larger and scores an 8 or 9 for the habitat functions on the form (rates H,H,H or H,H,M Cat. II for the three aspects of function)? Yes = CategoryI No - Go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2. Is the wetland 1 ac or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 ac or larger? Yes = Category 11 No - Go to SC 6.3 Cat. III SC 6.3. Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 ac, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 ac? Yes = Category III No = Category IV Cat. IV Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics If you answered No for all types, enter "Not Applicable" on Summary Form Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 17 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or n'.1Tn}.?eC C i C This page left blank intentionally Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 18 Wetland name or number C t: RATING SUMMARY - Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): CZ TkL— 1FJ - Date of site visit: I211Ql! to3 Rated by mcorek J dr,��t ^ Trained by Ecology?j Yes No Date of training�[��J` HGM Class used for rating .n� a�+ca►-�W Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y _X_N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY based on functions,C or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Category II —Total score = 20 - 22 Category III —Total score = 16 - 19 Category IV —Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Habitat Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings Site Potential H L H L H M L^ Landscape Potential H L H L H M L Value M L H L H L TOTAL .Score Based on Ratings �( l 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC l CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H, H, L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5=M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3=L,L,L 1 Wetland name or number CIE Maps and figures required to answer questions correctly for Western Washington ❑e ressional Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes D 1.3, H 1.1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods D 1.4, H 1.2 Location of outlet (can be added to map of hydroperiods) D 1.1, D 4.1 { _ Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to anotherfiqurej_ D 2.2, D 5.2 i Map of the contributing basin D 4.3, D 5.3 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) D 3.1, D 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) D 3.3 Riverine Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes H 1.1,_H 1.4 Hydroperiods H 1.2 Ponded depressions R 1.1 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (con be added to anotherfigure) R 2.4 Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants R 1.2, R 4.2 { Width of unit vs. width of stream (can be added to anotherfigure) R 4.1 ? Map of the contributing basin R 2.2, R 2.3, R 5.2 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) R 3.1 d Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) R 3.2, R 3.3 { Lake Fringe Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes L 1.11 L 4.1, H 1.1, H 1.4 Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants L 1.2 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to anotherfigure) L 2.2 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) L 3.1, L 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) L 3.3 Slope Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes H 1.1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods H 1.2 Plant cover of dense trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants S 1.3 Plant cover of dense, rigid trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants (can be added to figure above) S 4.1 Boundary of 150 ft buffer (can be added to another figure) S 2.1, S 5.1 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) S 3.1, S 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) S 3.3 Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? N go to 2 YES - the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.1 Is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is not scored. This method cannot be used to score functions for estuarine wetlands. 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NO go to 3 YES - The wetland class is Flats V-17101ur wetland can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at anytime of the year) at least 20 ac (8 ha) in size; _At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m). go to 4 YES - The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. oes the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual), The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded. IN. 0 7 go to 5 YES - The wetland class is Slope NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). S. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river, The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number U rM NZ�- go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine j E: The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at sometime during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO - go to 7 YES The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat are with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO - go to 8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the HGM class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM class to use in rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake Fringe Lake Fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary of depression Depressional Depressional + Lake Fringe Depressional Riverine + Lake Fringe Riverine Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE ifyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 4 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics ursurface water outflows From the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The sail_ 2 in below the surface tor duff laved is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent piants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes). Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > Yz of area points = 3 2 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points =1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ponciinor inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manuaL Area seasonally ponded is > %: total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 I Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above 10 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H _)�_6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 4 ! D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.4. Are ther ther sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? Source 00A Yes = 1 No = 0 ly Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 or 4 = H ,�<_1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 (f/ D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above ?j Rating of Value If score is:�L2-4 = H ,1= M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number Gt DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions - Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows fr m the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet eriods- Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of pending are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of pending between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points — 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 10 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points =1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetiand to the area of the wetland unit itself. Is The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is: 12-16 = H _7� 6-11= M `0-5 = L Kecora the rating on rnelirsr page D 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 1 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 1 D 53. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 �{ l/J Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Z. Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 = H _)C_1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landsca Pe that has f looding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add paints. Choose the highest score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface Water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is:_2-4 = H , i = M —0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of % oc or more than 103£ of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 _Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 _Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or X ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). _Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 _Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 �!J _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points ,Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 W. Different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle �( If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 �LJ 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. (:D (:: 0 :) (*) ( 0 ) 0 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row R7 are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number Ct H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (i m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg-layin g by amphibians) XInvasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H 7-14 = M '-/( 0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points — 3 j t 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 I Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 ` Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) 2 <_ 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H _1-3 = M < 1= L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highestscore that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet anv of the criteria above Rating of Value If score is:_2 = H �. 1 = M —0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number C-1E WDFW Priority Habitats Priority habitats listed by WDFW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177pp.litti)ot/wdfw.wi.gov/ptilllicatknisLOnl6.q/WdfwOO165.ptI or access the list from here: htti)dZ/wdfw.wa.gov/cotiservationlplis/list4) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 it (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE. This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth west of Cascade crest - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. — Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 - see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). — Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. — Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). • — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. Maybe associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number C '. CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Wetlan&Type Category Check v :on • criteria.that oppl tb•the wetland: 'Circle the tatego y,�When the�ap ropriate-criteria are met. SC 1.0. Estuarine wetlands Does the wetland meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, — Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt Yes —Go to SC 1.1 No= Not an estuarine wetland SC 1.1. Is the wetland within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? Cat. I Yes = Category I No - Go to SC 1.2 SC 1.2. Is the wetland unit at least 1 ac in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? —The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less Cat. 1 than 10% cover of non-native plant species. (If non-native species are Spartina, see page 25) —At least'% of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un- mowed grassland. Cat. 11 —The wetland has at least two of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Yes = Category I No = Category II SC 2.0. Wetlands of High Conservation Value (WHCV) SC 2.1. Has the WA Department of Natural Resources updated their website to include the list of Wetlands of High Conservation Value? Yes — Go to SC 2.2 No — Go to SC 2.3 Cat. SC 2.2. Is the wetland listed on the WDNR database as a Wetland of High Conservation Value? Yes = Category I No = Not a WHCV SC 2.3. Is the wetland in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? htto://wwwl.drtr.wa.gov/nfip/refdesk/darasearch/wnh wetlands. df Yes — Contact WNHP/WDNR and go to SC 2.4 No = Not a WHCV SC 2.4. Has WDNR identified the wetland within the S/T/R as a Wetland of High Conservation Value and listed it on their website? Yes = Category I No = Not a WHCV SC 3.0. Bogs Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below. if you answer YES you will still need to rate the wetland based an its functions. SC 3.1. Does an area within the wetland unit have organic soil horizons, either peats or mucks, that compose 16 in or more of the first 32 in of the soil profile? Yes — Go to SC 3.3 No — Go to SC 3.2 SC 3.2. Does an area within the wetland unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 in deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes — Go to SC 3.3 No = Is not a bog SC 3.3. Does an area with peats or mucks have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND at least a 30% cover of plant species listed in Table 4? Yes = Is a Category I bog No — Go to SC 3.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16 in deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the plant species in Table 4 are present, the wetland is a bog. Cat. SC 3,4. Is an area with peats or mucks forested (> 30% cover) with Sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Engelmann spruce, or western white pine, AND any of the species (or combination of species) listed in Table 4 provide more than 30% of the cover under the canopy? Yes = Is a Category I bog No = Is not a bog Wetland Rating System For Western WA: 2014 Update 16 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland naive or number CIE SC 4,0. Forested Wetlands Does the wetland have at least 1 contiguous acre of forest that meets one of these criteria for the WA Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? If you answer YES you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. — Old -growth forests (west of Cascade crest): Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 in (81 cm) or more. — Mature forests (west of the Cascade Crest): Stands where the largest trees are 80- 200 years old OR the species that make up the canopy have an average diameter (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm). Yes = Category I No = Not a forested wetland for this section Cat. I SC 5.0. Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? — The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks — The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains ponded water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) Cat. I Yes - Go to SC 5.1 No = Not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1. Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? —The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of aggressive, opportunistic plant species (see list of species on p. 100). Cat. II —At least % of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un- mowed grassland. —The wetland is larger than 1/10 ac (4350 ftz) Yes = Category I No = Category 11 SC 6.0. Interdunal Wetlands Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its habitat functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: — Long Beach Peninsula: Lands west of SR 103 — Grayland-Westport: Lands west of SR 105 Cat — Ocean Shores-Copalis: Lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 Yes - Go to SC 6.1 No = not an interdunal wetland for rating SC 6.1. Is the wetland 1 ac or larger and scores an 8 or 9 for the habitat functions on the form (rates H,H,H or H,H,M Cat. II for the three aspects of function)? Yes = Category I No - Go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2. Is the wetland 1 ac or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 ac or larger? Yes = Category ll No - Go to SC 6.3 Cat. III SC 6.3. Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 ac, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that -is between 0.1 and 1 ac? Yes = Category III No = Category IV Cat. IV Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics If you answered No for all types, enter "Not Applicable" on Summary Form Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 17 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number C-& RATING SUMMARY —Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): Date of site visit l--1/1C& r Rated byT, cAX Trained by Ecology?X Yes No Date of training HGM Class used for rating S Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY IV_ (based on functions or special characteristics) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 _Category II —Total score = 20 - 22 Category III —Total score = 16 -19 )� Category IV —Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION 1 Improving 1 Hydrologic Habitat Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings Site Potential H L H L H M D Landscape Potential I H M H M H M Value M L H M L H M L TOTAL Score Based on Ratings _ 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest 1 Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L, L, L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 1 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number C Maps and figures required to answer questions correctly for Western Washington De sessional Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes D 1.3, H 1.1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods D 1.4, H 1.2 Location of outlet (can be added to map of hydroperiods) D 1.1, D 4.1 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to anotherfigure) D 2.2, D 5.2 Map of the contributing basin D 4.3, D 5.3 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) D 3.1, D 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) D 3.3 Riverine Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes H 1. 1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods H 1.2 Ponded depressions R 1.1 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to anotherfigure) R 2.4 Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants R 1.2, R 4.2 Width of unit vs. width of stream (can be added to anotherfigure) R 4.1 Map of the contributing basin R 2.2, R 2.3, R 5.2 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) R 3.1 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) R 3.2, R 3.3 Lake Fringe Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes L 1.1, L 4.1, H 1.1, H 1.4 Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants L 1.2 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to anotherfigure) L 2.2 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) L 3.1, L 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) L 3.3 Slope Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes H 1.1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods H 1.2 Plant cover of dense trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants S 1.3 Plant cover of dense, rigid trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants (can be added to figure above) S 4.1 Boundary of 150 ft buffer (can be added to another figure) S 2.115 5.1 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) S 3.1, S 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) S 3.3 Wetland Rating System For Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? 'L�, -)C7- go to 2 YES - the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.1 Is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is not scored. This method cannot be used to score functions for estuarine wetlands. 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. CO) go to 3 YES - The wetland class is Flats > Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at anytime of the year) at least 20 ac (8 ha) in size; At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m). �0) go to 4 YES - The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual), The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded. 1 O go to 5 YES - The wetland class is Slope NOTE. Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river, The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number CG 2- go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine TE: The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at sometime during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO - go to 7 S The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO-goto8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the HGM class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM class to use in rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake Fringe Lake Fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary of depression Depressional Depressional + Lake Fringe Depressional Riverine + Lake Fringe Riverine Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE Ifyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 4 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number yr DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface (or duff laverlaverl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent.plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > % of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal pond ing or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < A total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = Hfi-11= M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 2 D 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 rf} D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? Source Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 or 4 = H _1 or 2 = M Y0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES if there is a TMDL far the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes -= 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is: 2-4 = H _1 = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number GG_� DEPRESSI0NAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions - Indicators that the site furictions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points= 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. De th of storage during wet eriods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 S The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above 1 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H 6-11 = M _ 0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 5.0. Does the landscape have the potentlaI to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H _1 or 2 = M0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has flooding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the hi4hest score if more than ane condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland, points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O (�J Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is: _2-4 = H1 = M 0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number C These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - fnditators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1,0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of % ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 Forested (areas where trees have a 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 JK—Seasonally Flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 _Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftZ. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. 0 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number Cli H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The numberof checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). _Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of ~ strata) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above I Rating of Site Potential If score is:-15-18 = H 7-14 = M V M6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points - 3 I 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 I Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) <_ 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: -4-6 = H _1-3 = M -i/_< 1= L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location.for an individual WDFW priority species I — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above points = 0 Rating of Value If score is:_2 = H ]r 1 = M 0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 201S Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number C,&- 11 DFW Priority Habitats Pdorily habttgIts listgd by WQFW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp : w + v wd fw0 G5. I or access the list from here: ht%, /Iwdfw.wi.gov/cgnservntion/12lis/`liEW Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth westof _ crr -Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. — Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 - see web link above). } — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). — Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. �+ Snags and Lags: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or numberc G_ _ CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Wetland Type. Category Check off any crlterla that apply to the wetland. Circle the category. --when the appropriate criteria are met. SC 1.0. Estuarine wetlands Does the wetland meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, — Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 p t Yes —Go to SC 1.1 No= Not an estuarine wetland SC 1.1. Is the wetland within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? Yes = Category I No - Go to SC 1.2 Cat. I SC 1.2. Is the wetland unit at least 1 ac in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? —The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. (If non-native species are Spartina, see page 25) Cat. —At least 1% of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un- mowed grassland. The wetland has at least two of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or Cat. II contiguous freshwater wetlands. Yes = Category I No = Category II SC 2.0. Wetlands of High Conservation Value (WHCV) SC 2.1. Has the WA Department of Natural Resources updated their website to include the list of Wetlands of High Conservation Value? Yes — Go to SC 2.2 No — Go to SC 2.3 Cat. 1 SC 2.2. Is the wetland listed on the WDNR database as a Wetland of High Conservation Value? Yes = Category I No = Not a WHCV SC 2.3. Is the wetland in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? htto://www1.dnr.wa.gov/rah p/refd esk/datasearch/wnhowetlands. pdf Yes — Contact WNHP/WDNR and go to SC 2.4 No = Not a WHCV SC 2.4. Has WDNR identified the wetland within the S/T/R as a Wetland of High Conservation Value and listed it on their website? Yes = Category I No = Not a WHCV SC 3.0. Bogs Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below. If you answer YES you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. SC 3.1. Does an area within the wetland unit have organic soil horizons, either peats or mucks, that compose 16 in or more of the first 32 in of the soil profile? Yes — Go to SC 3.3 No — Go to SC 3.2 SC 3.2. Does an area within the wetland unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 in deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes — Go to SC 3.3 No = Is not a bog SC 3.3. Does an area with peats or mucks have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND at least a 30% cover of plant species listed in Table 4? Yes = Is a Category I bog No — Go to SC 3.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16 in deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the plant species in Table 4 are present, the wetland is a bog. Cat. 1 SC 3.4. Is an area with peats or mucks forested (> 30% cover) with Sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Engelmann spruce, or western white pine, AND any of the species (or combination of species) listed in Table 4 provide more than 30% of the cover under the canopy? Yes = Is a Category I bog No = Is not a bog Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 16 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or numbers-&— SC 4.0. Forested Wetlands Does the wetland have at least 1 conti uflus acre of forest that meets one of these criteria for the WA Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? If you answer YES you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. — Old -growth forests (west of Cascade crest): Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 in (81 cm) or more. — Mature forests (west of the Cascade Crest): Stands where the largest trees are 80- 200 years old OR the species that make up the canopy have an average diameter (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm). Yes = Category I No = Not a forested wetland for this section Cat. I SC 5.0. Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? — The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks —The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains ponded water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) Cat. I Yes — Go to SC 5.1 No = Not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1. Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? —The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less Cat. II than 20% cover of aggressive, opportunistic plant species (see list of species on p. 100). —At least 3/ of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un- mowed grassland. —The wetland is larger than 1/10 ac (4350 ftz) Yes = CategoryI No = Category II SC 6.0. Interdunal Wetlands Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its habitat functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: — Long Beach Peninsula: Lands west of SR 103 Cat — Grayland-Westport: Lands west of SR 105 — Ocean Shores-Copalis: Lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 Yes — Go to SC 6.1 No = not an interdunal wetland for rating Sc 6.1. Is the wetland 1 ac or larger and scores an 8 or 9 for the habitat functions on the form (rates H,H,H or H,H,M Cat. II for the three aspects of function)? Yes = Category I No — Go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2. Is the wetland 1 ac or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 ac or larger? Cat. III Yes = Category II No — Go to SC 6.3 SC 6.3. Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 ac, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 ac? Yes = Category III No = Category IV Cat. IV Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics If you answered No for all types, enter "Not Applicable" on Summary Form Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 17 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number P6 RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #)_ W V Utr� D it fi4l- • IG-71 Date of site visit: IIp // �' Rated by 4 . w? jn *,y # Trained by Ecology? )(Yes No Date of training 4: HGM Class used for rating Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y K_N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY lJ (based on functions or special characteristics!) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category 1—Total score = 23 - 27 Category II —Total score = 20 - 22 Category III — Total score = 16 -19 Category IV —Total score = 9 -15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Habitat Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings 'Site Potential H L H M) L H M (Landscape Potential H L H L H M L Value H M L H L H M TOTAL Score Based on Ratings 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6=H,M,L 6 = M, M, M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L,L,L 1 Wetland name or numberE DEPRESS[ONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water.Quality Furictions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality 1) 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. /1 !/ points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanertly flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface or cluffLayerl is true clay or true organic (use MRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 3 Wetland has persistent; ungrazed, plants > Y,. of area points = Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/lo of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 4 2 Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H ,)(_6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to supportthe water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 Q D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes =1 No = 0 I D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes =1 No = 0 0 D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? 6 Source Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above / Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 3or 4 = H X1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the O 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes =1 No = 0 / D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES 2- if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? _ Y Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 3 Rating of Value If score is:)(2-4 = H _1= M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number _E DEPRESS[ONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions - Indicators that the site functions to reducd flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points =1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of staraige durinp, wet oeriods. Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H _46-11 = M —0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 Q D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Z Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 = H _(1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has flooding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the highest score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 I Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? I D Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 ,ating of Value If score is: _2-4 = H i_1 = M 0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Add the points in the boxes above Record the rating on the first page N. Wetland name or number PC — These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. 14ARITAT pi IiKirTinriq. _ Inr{iratr1m, that Site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0, Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of % ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 cc. Add the number of structures checked. Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if: XThe Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points rl 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftZ. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. 0 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row'• are HIGH = 3points �- Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 0 PC Wetland name or number S H 1.5. Special habitat features: j Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least Y. ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above I -2� I Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _7-14 = M �< g-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 1 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ = % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 l Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 [ Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km f',)lyguri points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) Z <- 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Q Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:-4-6 = H —1-3 = M X< 1 = L I H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? Record the rating on the first page H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above _ Mating of Value If score is:_2 = H _1 = M �0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 'J Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number WDFW Priority Habitats Prior&habitats listed by WD1 W (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. h w v atis}� t} 5 w 55 or access the list from here: 11upillyV w" y v 1 ) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and fortis on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: QILI-growth wgst of Caacade cres - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Nlature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p.158 - see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and } terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other_ Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (OAS - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere_ Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or numberW_/_P(6`tf/D% RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): UOAat t ! 2EID L f& JX72 Date of site visit: �j 6 Rated by Trained by Ecology? -A� Yes No Date of training HGM Class used for rating Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y .�- N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY 1E (based on functions-kor special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I -Total score = 23 - 27 Category II - Total score = 20 - 22 Category III -Total score = 16 - 19 Category IV -Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Water Quality Habitat Circle the appropriate ratings 'Site Potential H L H L H M Q iLandscape Potential H L H L H M] Value H M L H L H M TOTAL Score Based on Ratines I -7 2 /_ 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System For Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9=H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7=H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5=H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L, L, L 2_-/ci /Y o i Wetland name or number PE DH /P<D 1 DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functionsto improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. 13 points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch, points =1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface or duff layerlayerl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > Yz of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/io of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal pon_d_ine or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > Yz total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > Y4 total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < / total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H 6-11 = M ^0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page ] 12.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 G) D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes =1 No = 0 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 V D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? O Source Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 or 4 = H A/_1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the O 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES 2 if there is a TMOL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above ?j Rating of Value If score is: 2-4 = H _1 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number —P—rI D%IpN"lpl DEPRESSIONAL AND MATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Function` Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points =1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing_points = 0 D 4.2. Death of storage d uf ing wet aeriods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage -in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 3 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above i 0 Rating of Site Potential If score is: _12-16 = H 6-11 = M —O-S = L Record the rating on the first page 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 1 0 1 I D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes =1 No = 0 I I D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at / >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Z Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H 1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has floodina problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the hi hest score if more rhon one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 ■ Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Mating of Value If score is: 2-4 = H _�^j = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Add the points in the boxes above Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number rJVe'1Pw1P i These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. 4ABITAT FUNCTIONS - indicators that site functions to provide important habitat ri 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of Y. cc or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2 Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 W. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species poiT)r$ = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. 0 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams - in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System For Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 ❑9 0 ri1 Wetland name or number _PF ID6/D-if /D I H 1.5. Special habitat features: f Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) r Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg-ioying by amphibians) 7C Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata': ' Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above I 2 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _7-14 = M0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 I 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 ti 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_ + [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points =1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) 5 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H ,1-3 = M 4< 1 = L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) D — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet an+l of the criteria above points = 0 Kating of Value If score is:_2 = H _1 = M ',N�g = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number -aJD&/A ti / P-Z WDFW Priority Habitats Priority habitatali W 1N (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. hrQi1/ti dEw_.wa-gov/pti licarions/0 ] t 65 lwdf4v00 th5,pr�1- or access the list from here: tt W fw,W I V cu s 'v L 3 ) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth we - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or> 200 years of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p_ 158 - see web link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the for3n of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFWPHS report p. 161 - see web link above). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for Instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation_ Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of a 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. �} Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number 1-' 1 RATING SUMMARY - Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): Date of site visit: / 2,6' 1 LJ Rated by S o (f Trained by Ecology? X Yes No Date of training `{- 15 HGM Class used for rating E� . Ir '' Wetland has multiple HGM classes? =Y k N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY : (based on functions X or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I - Total score = 23 - 27 Category II - Total score = 20 - 22 Category III - Total score = 16 -19 Category IV -Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION ` Improving I Water Quality Hydrologic Habitat Circle the appropriate ratings Site Potential H tV L M L H M (V Landscape Potential H CR L H L H M L.' Value M L H d L H MCL) TOTAL Score Based on Ratings - 7 1 3 17 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog 1 Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above x Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3=L,L,L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 1 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number P? HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? _ go to 2 YES - the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.1 Is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is not scored. This method cannot be used to score functions for estuarine wetlands. 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NU- go to 3 YES - The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at any time of the year) at least 20 ac (8 ha) in size; _At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m). lP - go to 4 YES - The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygradual), The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded. -goto5 YES - The wetland class is Slope NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river, The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Raring System For Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number DS 0- go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine NOTE: The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at sometime during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO -go to 7 E�- The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO - go to 8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the HGM class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM class to use in rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake Fringe Lake Fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary of depression Depressional Depressional + Lake Fringe Depressional Riverine + Lake Fringe Riverine Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE Ifyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water ouO ws from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 3 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points =1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below Lhe surface (or duff laverlaverl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants >% of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points =1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics _ofseasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > Y: total area of wetland points = 4 Z Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < / total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H Y 6-11= M 0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 3 or 4 = H 1 or 2 = M _O = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the (� 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes =1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES 2— if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found )? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 3 Rating of Value If score is: k 2-4 = H _1= M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number D T DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions - Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 [� Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet periods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part_ Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater' wetland points = 3 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetlandto storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above / 2- Rating of Site Potential If score is: �' 12-16 = H _6-11= M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 j D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 U Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above j Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H Y 1 or 2 = M `0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has flooding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the_hkhest score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient, points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is;_2-4 = H X 1= M _O = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number b1 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of Xac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 _Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 _Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points =1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• k The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or''X ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). _Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 X Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points =1 _Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftZ. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 -19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number H 1,5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points, Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). _Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cutshrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above 2 Rating of Site Potential If score is:—_15-18 = H ,7-14 = M 0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_= If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 j 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 f Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) —2 <— 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:-4-6 = H _1-3 = M V < 1= L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a U Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above points = 0 Rating of Value If score is:_2 = H _1= M 0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number PT } WDFW Priority Habitats Priority ' is fisted by WQFVl (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of lash and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List Olympia, Washington. 177 pp wa.gov/l?tibliratiiansIO01651wdfwOO 165.pdf or access the list from here: http://wdfw,WA.gov/c!2ns onlvhs/li ) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE. This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: growth west of Cascade crest - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Matutg forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest — Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p.1S8 - see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). — [nstream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. — Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. — Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter atthe largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. -� Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number 61 RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or I D #): WSW iaA d ET R) L • LEI 2� Date of site visit: IlYaf lb Rated by i Ael U- i1 -_ Trained by Ecology? •� Yes No Date of training HGM Classed for rating Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y J� N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY (based on functions or special characteristics_] 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Category II — Total score = 20 - 22 Category III —Total score = 16 - 19 Category IV —Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving I Hydrologic I Habitat I Water Quality i_ 'site Potential (9 L `Landscape Potential H M LL Value M L 'Score Based on j Ratings (O Circle the appropriate ratings H 6P L H M [_ 1 H M l9 H M (V H L H M �l TOTAL 3 Iq' 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I lI Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H, H, H 8 = H, H, M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5=H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L, L, L 21.i / 14, Wetland name or number r✓ I DEPRESSIDNALAN❑ FLATS WETLANDS Water.Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points =1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface or duff layerlayerl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions).Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > A of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal nonding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > %Z total area of wetland points = 4 ¢ 1 Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above �D Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H _Z6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page J 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes =1 No = 0 O D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 Q D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? d Source Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above Q Rating of Landscape Potential if score is: _3 or 4 = H __1 or 2 = M \' 0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the O 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 l D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES 2- if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 3 Rating of Value If score is:_�e 2-4 = H _1= M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number DE PR ESSIONAL AN D FLATS WETLANDS HVdrolORic Functions= Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points =1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Death of storage during wet eriods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above ` Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = Hfi-li = M 0-5 = L Kecora me raring on me Jirsr page ) 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 v D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at D >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 = H _1 or 2 = M X_0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has flooding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Chasse the highest score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is: 2-4 = H X,,_1 = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on therirst page Z Wetland name or number _E-Z- HABITAT FUNCTIONS These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. Indicators fhai:- _e.functions to provide important habitat ,-11.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community. Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes i n the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of Y. ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 XForested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2- Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or Y. ac to count (see textfor descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points =1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points ,1 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle if you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. (: 0 ) (*) (00 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 lJ PON Wetland name or number E-T H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least X ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of s trr. to) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _7-14 = M )(0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ = % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 I Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon Points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) `" Z :5 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above O Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H _1-3 = M )< 1 = L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highestscore that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) 0 — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above points = 0 .ating of Value If score is: _2 = H _1 = M _)L0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number _57— WDFW Priority Habitats Priotity-habitHts losted by WQFW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. k w fw_uv licat' i • TC5 w fw0 1 6 . � or access the list from here: hrrn--_//wdfw.wg.en 1 v• [ ) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: (VOTE. This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha)_ Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests- 0 1 d-9rmYKh w f d - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least S trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) a 32 in (81 cm) dbh or> 200 years of age. Maturg fore - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 1S8 - see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). — Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of> 20 in (Si cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note. All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number -" el�_-!FI-/EM RATING SUMMARY —Weste�n0Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): L%AFA& k7d E;6941� Date of site visit: 41aol& Rated by 4 .Ma4e gd�f� Trained by Ecology?_X Yes No Date of training_±b�_ HGM Class used for rating Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY (based on functions or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Category II —Total score = 20 - 22 Category III —Total score = 16 -19 Category IV — Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic I Habitat Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings ,ite Potential H L H L H M ,andscape Potential H L H L H M L Value M L H L H M TOTAL 'core Based on �I tatings I 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7=H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M, M, M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M, M, L 4= M,L,L 3 = L, L, L 1 Wetland name or number �> *1_- /FL-/l5 M . DEPRESSI0NAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water.Ct'uality Furictions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 I is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface(or duff la er d D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent pl2ants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points - 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > Y, of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > YZ total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is <% total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H 6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page J 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to supportthe water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 Q D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? O Source Yes=1 No=0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above f Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 or 4 = H Y, 1 or 2 = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 I D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES 2 if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 3 Rating of Value If score is: K 2-4 = H _1= M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System For Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 201S Wetland name or number Ec1/6k/EC/E M DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions =indicators_ that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation 0 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows From the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 d Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet eriods- Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 3 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 2 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 J The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H _,)5�5-11 = M �0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page ) 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 Q D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 I D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at I >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Z Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 = H Y_1 or Z = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page I D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in_a landscal?e that has flooding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the highest score if more chat? one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important forflood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Total for D 6 eating of Value If score is: 2-4 = H Al = M 0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Yes=2 No=O Add the points in the boxes above 0 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number%�E�/E M These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of % ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points= 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if: The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftZ. Different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygross, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species L)oints = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. (: 0 ) (*) ( 0 None = 0 points Low =1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 ❑+ N ❑r Wetland name or number e*--'eL/EM H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). ,Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree I slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above J 2 Rating of Site Potential If score is: 15-19 = H _ 7-14 = M 0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_ _ % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 I H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Paly un points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) �2 <_ 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H _1-3 = M V< 1 = L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species d — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above points = 0 Rating of Value If score is:_2 = H _1= M O = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number e'S Er-1 E t--/ E NI WDFW Priority Habitats Pripsity t" .sQdJZy WQfW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp, ►v w a ,i'c 01 5 uv fw O 1 or access the list from here: Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE. This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: OILI-growth tv - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mature f res - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%: decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p.158 - see web link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). lnstreant: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (OAS - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in/this list because they are addressed elsewhere. J Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number -�� RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #) I AL4� jf h /I _ FA 1 C;'72— Date of site visit: / 6-11(o Rated by LL_"-4L ig,zTrained by Ecology?, Yes ❑ No Date of training HGM Class used for ratingWetland has multiple HGM classes? ❑ YesANo NOTE: Form is not complete with out the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photolmap OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY (based on functions or special characteristics ❑ ) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I - Total score = 23 - 27 Category II - Total score = 20 - 22 Category Ill -Total score = 16 - 19 Category IV -Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Water Quality Habitat List appropriate rating (H, M, L) Site Potential Landscape Potential Value } j �r Total Score Based on Ratings S d T 1 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC Category Estuarine 'Wetland of High Conservation Value Bog Mature Forest Old Growth Forest Coastal Lagoon Interdunal 1 None of the above Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9=H,H,H B=H,H,M 7=H,H,L 7=H,M,M 6=H,M,L 6 = M, M, M 5=H,L,L 5=M,M,L 4=M,L,L 3 = L. L. L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 WSDOT Adapted Form - March 2, 2015 Wetland name or number F-A SLOPE WETLANDS Water Quality Functl.ons'-; Ind'scators tlat.the'site functions to lmprrive.water quality S 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? S 1.1. Characteristics of the average slope of the wetland: (a 1 % slope has a 1 ft vertical drop in elevation for every 100 ft of horizontal distance) Slope is 1 % or less points = 3 Slope is > 1 % - 2% points = 2 2 Slope is > 2% - 5% points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% points = 0 S 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface or duff laverlaverl is true clay or true organic (use MRCS definitions): Yes = 3 No = 0 S 1.3. Characteristics of the plants in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the plants in the wetland. Dense means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover), and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 in. Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > 90% of the wetland area points = 6 Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants >'/ of area points = 3 Dense, woody, plants > M of area points = 2 Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > '/a of area points = 1 Does not meet any of the criteria above for plants points = 0 Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above r Rating of Site Potential If score is: U 12 = H L.16 - 11 = M ICU - 5 = L Kecora me rating on me nrsz payu S 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? S 2.1. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft on the uphill side of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 S 2.2. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in question S 2.1? 0 Other Sources Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for S 2 Add the points in the boxes above 0 Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: U 1 - 2 = M I;'SIU = L Kecora me raring on me zjrsz page S 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? S 3.1, Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D S 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where water quality is an issue? At least one aquatic resource in the basin is on the 303(d) list. Yes = 1 No = 0 S 3.3- Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality? Answer YES if there is a TMDL for the basin in '2— which the unit is Found? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for S 3 Add the points in the boxes above �+ Rating of Value If score is ;<12 - 4 = H ❑ 1 = M AJ, ie S b D�I Svw� e a� Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 U 0 = L Kecord me rating on the rnrst page d,4��5 ov-e 6 WSDOT Adapted Form - January 14, 2015 Wetland name or number f,+ SLOPE WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions - Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 4.0, Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and stream erosion? S 4.1, Characteristics of plants that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits conditions in the wetland. Stems of plants should be thick enough (usually > ' /B in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows. D Dense, uncut, rigid plants cover > 90% of the area of the wetland points = 1 All other conditions points = 0 Rating of Site Potential If score is: ❑1 = M A = L Record the rating on the first page S 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? S 5.1. Is more than 25% of the area within 150 ft upslope of wetland in land V uses or cover that generate excess surface runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 01 = M V, = L Record the rating on the first page S 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? S 6.1. Distance to the nearest areas downstream that have flooding problems: The sub -basin immediately down -gradient of site has flooding problems that result in damage to human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds) points = 2 Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient points = 1 No flooding problems anywhere downstream points = 0 S 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for S 6 Add the points in the boxes above A` l Kating of Value It score is: LJ2 - 4 = H Kk1 = M L.J 0 = L Record the rating on the firstpage NOTES and FIELD OBSERVATIONS Welland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 7 WSDOT Adapted Form - January 14. 2015 Wetland name or number rA_ Bpi These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of % ac or more than 10 % of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. ❑ Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 ❑ Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 D4 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points - 1 ❑ Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if: ❑ The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland, The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or V. ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods ). ❑ Pem'3ahently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 9 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 � ❑ Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 ❑ Saturated only 1 types present: points = 0 ❑ Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland ❑ Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland ❑ Lake Fringe wetland 2 points ❑ Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points, H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftz. Different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle j J If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1. 1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is h igh, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high_ C::) (:D None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3 points 1 Wetland Rating System for Western VVA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 9 WSDOT Adapted Form - March 2, 2015 Wetland name or number fAl H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. ❑ Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long) ❑ Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland ❑ Undercut banks are present for at least 6-6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) ❑ Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) ❑ At least'/4 ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) ,1 Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata ) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above A -f? Rating of Site Potential If Score is: ❑ 15 - 18 = H ❑ 7 - 14 = M 40 - 6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat function of the site? H 2.1 Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: undisturbed habitat + ( % moderate & low intensity land uses 12 _ If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20 - 33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10 - 19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10 % of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat + ( % moderate & low intensity land uses 12) _ Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10 - 50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10 - 50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon ooints = 0 H 2.3 Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (-2) 0 <_ 50% of 1km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If Score is: Ll 4 - 6 = H Yf 1 - 3 = M [) < 1 = L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 ❑ It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) ❑ It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) ❑ It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species ❑ It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources ❑ It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) with in 100m points = 1 Site does not meet and/ of the criteria above points = 0 Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 10 WSDOT Adapted Form - March 2, 2015 Wetland name or number �� WDFW Priority Habitats Prigrity habitats listed by VVD(see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. httpl/wdfw.wa.gov/publical'tons/00'165/wdfwOG165.gdf or access the list from here: ht :i/wdfw.vva_ ovlconservation/ hsilistl Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. ❑ Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha) ❑ Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). ❑ Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs an shallow soils over bedrock. ❑ Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth west of Cascade crest — Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mature forests — Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. ❑ Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 — see web link above ). ❑ , Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. ❑ Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 — see web link above). ❑ Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. ❑ Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report— see web link on previous page). ❑ Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. ❑ Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation_ ❑ Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0,15 -2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, andlor sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. ❑ Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 12 WSDOT Adapted Form - March 2, 2015 Wetland name or number M RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): ] f &L - I5_Z2 Date of site visit: Rated by L2�P 4LC Trained by EcologyK Yes No Date of train ing--q-/—,S- HGM Class used for rating 'QP gE4!! IbY A) Wetland has multiple HGM classes?�Y )� N —r NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY (based on functions or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS _Category 1—Total score = 23 - 27 Category II —Total score = 20 - 22 Category III —Total score = 16 - 19 Category IV —Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION I Improving I Hydrologic Habitat Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings Site Potential H ' M L H M H M Landscape Potential H M L H L H M L Value �11 M L H M L H L TOTAL Score Based on r _ Ratings 1� 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I if III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H, M, L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H, L, L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L, L, L 1 Wetland name or number F R DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality J 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? 0 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. I points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface or duff laverlaverl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 Q D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > % of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ondin ❑r inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 4 �^ Area seasonally ponded is >'/ total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above {CJ Rating of Site Potential If score is: _12-16 = H __�6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 0 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? 0 Source Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 or 4 = H -K1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page M D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the O 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES Z_ if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is:-X2-4 = H _1 = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number FF ❑EPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions —Indicators that the site functions to:reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 V Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet periods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 D Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater' wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3, Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:�12-16 = H _6-11 = M 0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 I D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 (� D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 i Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 = H 1 or 2 = M �0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1, The unit is in a landscape that has flooding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the highest score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? (J Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is: _2-4 = H 41= M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number FO These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators ore Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of % cc or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 cc. Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or Y, ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftZ. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name + the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canorygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle (f If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none, If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. (:D (: 0 ) (*) None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row t are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number __�5 H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland, The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of 3 Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is: 1S-18 = H _7-14 = M 0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit), Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ = % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate.- % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 r Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 +f Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) --'? _< 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 !/ Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H ^1-3 = M < 1 = L Record the rating on the first page 1 H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? I H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highestscore that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 does not meet anv of the criteria above Rating of Value If score is: _2 = H &_1 = M `0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 points = 0 j_ Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number WDFW Priority Habitats Priority 'tats hited by hitWDFW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. hltn://Wdfw.wa.gov/Pt,WicatioiljQGI65/wdfwQQ165_.nr or access the list from here: http: //wdfw.wa.gQY.Jconservadon) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: (VOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha)_ Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and fortis on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: OEd growth wesr of Cascade crest -Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 - see web link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). lnstreatn: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are y 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number -F p RATING SUMMARY —Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): ��L°1�'lt.�hd_ F2 -rA-L 1 s72- Date of site visit: � / lb Rated by U -I -eyy zt,,�,L _, Trained by Ecology? Yes _No Date of training` HGM Class used for ratingWetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y � N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY IV (based on functions or special characteristics__ ] 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category 1—Total score = 23 - 27 Category II —Total score = 20 - 22 _ _Category III —Total score =16 - 19 r Category IV — Total score = 9 -15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Habitat 1 Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings Site Potential H M L H ISR L H M LU Landscape Potential H M H L H 1 L Value M L H M� L H M TOTAL Score Based on 2 Ratings J 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog _ I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal None of the above I If III IV Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4=M,L,L 3 = L,L,L 1 Wetland name or number t" DEPRESSIONAL AND !FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators.that the site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland Is a Flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a-permarieftly flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in 1jelow the surface (or duff layer] is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions).Yes = 4 No = 0 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of Persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes); Wetland has persistent, ungrazed; plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > A of area points = 3 0 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants >'/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <'/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics cf seasonal Dondin or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual, Area seasonally ponded is > Y, total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is >'Y4 total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above JZ I Rating of Site Potential If score is:_ _12-16 = H _�S_6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page f 1 D 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 0 D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 0 D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? Source Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 or 4 = H _1 or 2 = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? 0 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e.. within 1 mil to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 t D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above J Rating of Value If score is: Z-4 = H _1 = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page IJ Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions =:Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0, Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 —I Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet periods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points - 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_32-16 = H 4 6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? r D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 O D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 1 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above 1 Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H X 1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has floodinp_ problem s. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Oo not add points. Choose the hi hest score if more than one condition is mef. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): ■ Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit, points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 J Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is:_2-4 = H 41 = M —0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Farm - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1,0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of 36 ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 cc. Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 _Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: paints= 1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30%.cover) 1 structure: points = 0 if the unit has a Forested class, check if: The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested potygon H 1. 2, Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see textfor descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 C Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1type present: points =0 _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftz, Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed conarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. (:7) (!D (*) C45 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row cop are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 L� Wetland name or number J.p H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. ,Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least Y. ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) I Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above I ks- ` Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _7-14 = M �&_0.6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon pair is = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) 5 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 T Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential if score is--4-6 = H _ �1-3 = M �.__, 1= L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above _ Rating of Value If score is: _2 = H �1 = M 0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 �I points = 0 1 Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number p WDFW Priority Habitats Vritirity liabitats lisV (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can he found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species list. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. ir)S/wdrwQQ 165.Liff or access the list from here: hfClZ f Iwd!'tv,w;► v ,, •v: i t ' o i i Ln h x VI) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE. This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in VVDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: Q 111 — 1s.VtIr w . t 0 F - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings: with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ho ) n 32 in (81 crn) dbh or> 200 years of age. Malure_forr - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh: crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence. numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally Icss than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. — oregon White Oak: Woodland stands ofpur'e oak or oak/ conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 -see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 -see web link above). — Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore_ (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link orr previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft(OAS - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland [gating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Forrn - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number f RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or Ill #): I&WI gig d F LS TA L' /57 z bate of site visit: 1 15 1& Rated by J . 1 Aet-i D-{' _ Trained by Ecology?X Yes No Date of training 4h-r�,- HGM Class used for rating pIfKe�,d�rtrtM Wetland has multiple HGM classes? Y )C N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY (based on functionsx- or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Category II — Total score = 20 - 22 Category III — Total score = 16 - 19 Category IV —Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Water Quality Habitat Circle the appropriate ratings i5ite Potential H N L H M L H M !Landscape Potential H MD H M L H L Value M L H L H L TOTAL Score Based on Ratings �� 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon [ II Interdunal I I1 III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5=H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L, L, L 2 Iq //& 1 Wetland name or number F� DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points =1 Wetland is a flat depression ( QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points =1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface lor clutL[pyerj is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 (� D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent 21ants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > % of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/lo of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded far at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above �6 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H A6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 O D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 O D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 I Q D 2.4. Are there a h r sources poll t nts corni g in th et€and t1 oat are r9 t li ted in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? Source vd 6a u C'0 ! E P17 Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _3 or 4 = K Ajor 2 = M ---.,,-O = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 0 D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes =1 No-01 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES Z if there is a TMOL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above !� Rating of Value If score is: 2-4 = H _1 = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number F F DEPREWONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions'- Indicators that the Site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation D 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics gLsurface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 4— Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. ❑e th of storage durinig wet eriods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above 2 Rating of Site Potential If score is-412-16 = H _6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 6 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H _1 or 2 = M X_0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has flooding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the highest score if more than one cor,dirion is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient- points = 1 I Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? O Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is: 2-4 = H 1 = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page F Wetland name or number F 5 These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes.. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community; Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of % ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points =1 ,forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1,2, Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points =1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftZ. Different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. :0 5) (*)(0) None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number F`l5 H 1.5. Special habitat features: l Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cutshrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) --L—Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of S rra tc ) i Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above 1 Z 1 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _7-14 = M 4-0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_ = % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 3 points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) _ 2 _< 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H K1-3 = M _< 1 = L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above points = 0 ) Rating of Value If score is: _2 = H K 1 = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first pagr Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 14 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number WDFW (Priority Habitats Priotty ita s listed by WDFW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. hEtl2.//wdNI.w-,I.gov6 d w 65, df or access the list from here: W w.w• ovI 'V ) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth west of Cascadg- Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with atleast 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or> 200 years of age. Niature_forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%, decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 - see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). Instreatn: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in VVDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. P� Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. (Vote: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number F F RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID ##): Jpj 414 Md f~F T,4-t i 5-7z Date of site visit: I I S116 Rated by j • hK.a, Trained by Ecology?,�( Yes ,No Date of training lS HGM Class used for rating 8pilf&AP tr- Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map I1VOVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY, (based on functions or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 _Category II — Total score = 20 - 22 ,Category III —Total score = 16 - 19 �X Category IV — Total score = 9 -15 FUNCTION Improving Water Quality Hydrologic Habitat Circle the appropriate ratings Site Potential H a L H 8IN L H M L Landscape Potential H M V H M L H _ L Value M L H L H M 'Score Based on .Ratings Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M TOTAL 6 = H, M, L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 5 = M,M,L ' 4 = M,L,L 3=L,L,L 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest , I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number F�r_ j DEPRESSIONAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - indicatorS. that the bite functions to improve water quality =. j 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows From the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface gr duff layerlayerl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions). Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent plants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants >'% of area points = 3 V Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. �I Area seasonally ponded is > %z total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < Y total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H \4 6-11= M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 4 D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes = 1 No = 0 6 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 O D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? Source Yes = 1 No = 0 D Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above O Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 or 4 = H _1 or 2 = M A0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1, Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 O D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES .if there is a TMOL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 2 Rating of Value If score is: /<2-4 = H ____.1 = M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number F F ❑EPRESSIDNAL AND FEATS WETLANDS Hydrologic:Funct ons �'Ind iicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 L,I Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet ❑eriods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 5.u. uoes the Ianascape nave the potenyai to support nyaroiogIC runctions or the site r j 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at r >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, a riculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H or 2 = M —0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in .1 landscape that has floodinpproblems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the highest score if more than one condition is rngit. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points = 1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6-2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above ating of Value If score is: 2-4 = H I = M �0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Z Wetland name or number f E These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat 11.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of X ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or Y. ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points 3 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftz. Different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygross, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. if you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. CO(:::7) (: 0 ) (*) None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points 7 -'- All three diagrams in this row - �r._,.r.,,•-- are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number f F 1 H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. 3—Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long), Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _7-14 = M 0.6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: %undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_= % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points =1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland_ Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon paints = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) <- 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 4-6 = H —1-3 = M��4 1= L Record the rating on the first page I H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? I H 3.1 Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above Rating of Value If score is: 2 = H 1= M 0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 C- Points = u_ -t_ Record the rating on the first pag- 14 Wetland name or number f F ^) WDFW Priority Habitats Priority habitats W W (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. lz w w.w v ub ' n w fwo(] f or access the list from here: httj27//wdfw.wa,gl3y/ oi-is'f'y't ,/1,1 S if Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock- Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth w - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 treeslac (20 trees/ha ) a 32 in (81 cm) dbh or> 200 years of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 - see web link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each ocher. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of> 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. f Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number Gg RATING SUMMARY -- Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): We,3goh [ 66 'dL IV;, Date of site visit: t't*fo Rated by a - 0-#- Trained by Ecology?Yes No Date of training HGM Class used for ratingWitt4divv( Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y —X-N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY (based on functions or special characteristics) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I —Total score = 23 - 27 Category II —Total score = 20 - 22 _Category III — Total score = 16 -19 Category IV —Total score = 9 -15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Habitat i Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings :Site Potential H L H L H M �1) Landscape Potential H L H L H M Value M L H II L H M TOTAL 'Score Based on Ratings `K! 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H, H, M 7 = H, H, L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L,L,L 1 Wetland name or number DEPRESSIQNAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - indicators that the site fonctionsto irnprove ,Water quality 0 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface or duff LayerLayerl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definttions).Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3. Characteristics and distribution of persistent iolants (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = S Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > % of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants > 1/10 of area points =1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <1/10 of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area that is ponded for at least 2 months. See description in manual. Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > 1% total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above 3 Rating of Site Potential If score is:12-16 = H 46-11 = M �0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? D 2.1. Does the wetland unit receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 O D 2.2. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes =1 No = 0 D 2.3. Are there septic systems within 250 ft of the wetland? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 2.4. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in questions D 2.1-D 2.3? Source Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 or 4 = H X1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided IJy the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 d D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource is on the 303(d) list? Yes =1 No = 0 If D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES 2— if there is a TMDL for the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 3 Rating of Value If score is: .r<2-4 = H _1 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number G9 DEPRESSIQNAL AND FIATS WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions - Indicators thatthe site fuji W6ft to reduce.floading and stream degradation 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 0 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of _storage during wet periods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet, measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 3 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the wetland to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H _&6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page S.u. noes the lanascape nave the potential to support nyorolagic Tunctions oT the site! D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stormwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at D >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: 3 = H X2or2=lV1 0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has flooding problems. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the highest score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points =1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin. points =1 The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? D Yes=2 No=O Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above sating of Value If score is: 2-4 = H )C I = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 6 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number Gg These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to i 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? Habitat H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of % ac or more than 10°0 of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. 4 structures or more: points = 4 3 structures: points = 2 Aquatic bed Emergent Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see textfor descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points .11.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you, do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 -19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. (:D (:: 0 :) (*) (00 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams v in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 LJ ILM Wetland name or number GO H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:�15-18 = H _7-14 = M k 0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 J 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 I 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points =1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50%and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points= 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) <— 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is: _4-6 = H _1-3 = M < 1= L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? I H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above Rating of Value If score is:-2 = H _3 = M _>C0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 loJ points = 0 J Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number &g WDFW Priority Habitats Priority habitats listed 11,y WDIa(see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. w w v/ puW Ic tlowqJQQ 165 IwdrwQ01b5. or access the list from here: I tt w w.w v 1 ) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature Forests: Old -growth west of Cascade crest - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) a 32 in (81 cm) dbh or a 200 years of age. Matt r fe orests -- Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. — Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 - see web link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other_ Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -Forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavationjuse by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number RATING SUMMARY — Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #): _ Date of site visit: ik ht, Rated by k-Al Trained by Ecology?X Yes No Date of training IIG. HGM Class used for rating fa Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y X N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY (based on functions or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I — Total score = 23 - 27 Category II —Total score = 20 - 22 Category III —Total score = 16 - 19 x Category IV —Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving I Hydrologic j Habitat Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings ite Potential H M L H M(D H M U andscape Potential H L H M© H M L Value ✓ M L H (!�> L H M Q TOTAL core Based on ratings 43 13 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine `I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog 1 Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I 1I Interdunal I II II1 IV None of the above ✓ Wetland Rating System For Wastern WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 21115 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H, H, H S = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L, L, L L i Wetland name or numberG��N, HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? Ll go to 2 YES - the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.1 is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is notscored. This method cannot be used to score functions for estuarine wetlands. 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sourccs of water to the unit. go to 3 YES - The wetland class is Flats Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at any time of the year) at least 20 ac (8 ha) in size; _At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m). (5 go to 4 YES - The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? XThe wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygradual), The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a Swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded. NO -go to 5 ES The wetland class is Slope NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river, The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update �_� Rating Form — Effective f anuary 1, 2015 Wetland name or number _k-�G/JI--N NO - go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine NOTE: The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at sometime during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO - go to 7 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO - go to 8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 8, Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the HGNI class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM class to use in rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope+ Lake Fringe Lake Fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary of depression Depressional Depressional + Lake Fringe Depressional Riverine + Lake Fringe Riverine Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE lfyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number SLOPE WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality S 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? S 1.1. Characteristics of the average slope of the wetland: (a 1% slope has a 1 ft vertical drop in elevation for every 100 ft of horizontal distance) Slope is 1% or less points = 3 Slope is > 1%-2% points = 2 Slope is > 2%-5% points 1 = Slope is greater than 5% points = 0 S 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surfs a for duff layerlayerl is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitions): Yes = 3 No = 0 S 1.3. Characteristics of the plants in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the plants in the wetland. Dense means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover), and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 in. Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > 90% of the wetland area points = 6 Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > h of area points = 3 Dense, woody, plants > X of area points = 2 Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > % of area points = 1 (J Dm not meet any of the criteria above for plants points = 0 Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above j Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12 = H 6-11= M i�d-5 = L Record the rating on the first page S 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? S 2.1. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft on the uphill side of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? D Yes = 1 No = 0 S 2.2, Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in question S 2.1? i Other sources Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for S 2 Add the points in the boxes above f Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:-C 1-2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page S 3,0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? S 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is an the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No - 0 S 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where water quality is an issue? At least one aquatic resource in the basin is on the 303(d) list. Yes = 1 No = 0 S 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality? Answer YES Z It there is a TMDL jor the basin in which unit is found. Yes-2 No = 0 Total for S 3 Rating of Value If score is:_X_2-4 = H _1= M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Add the points in the boxes above 2 Record the rating on the first page 11 Wetland name or number, I k-G /r- /V SLOPE WETLANDS Functions - Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and stream erosion? I S 4.1. Characteristics of plants that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits conditions in the wetland. Stems of plants should be thick enough (usually >'/e in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows. Dense, uncut, rigid plants cover > 90% of the area of the wetland points =1 All other conditions points = 0 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_1= M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page S 5,0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the hydrologic functions of the site? S 5.1. Is more than 25% of the area within 150 ft upslope of wetland in land uses or cover that generate excess surface runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 U Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_1= M _X_0 = L Record the rating on the first page S 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? S 6.1. Distance to the nearest areas downstream that have flooding problems: The sub -basin immediately down -gradient of site has flooding problems that result in damage to human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds) points = 2 Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient points = 1 1 No flooding problems anywhere downstream points = 0 S 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or Hood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? U Yes=2 No=0 Total for 5 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is:-2-4 = H %1 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page NOTES and FIELD OBSERVATIONS: Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 12 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number _UA:G 1k1V These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. g t situ _provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combinedfor each class to meet the threshold of /, ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 _Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points =1 _Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• () The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or X ac to count (see textfor descriptions of hydroperiods). _Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 `Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points =1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftz. Different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loasestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points =2 5 -19 species points =1 U < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. !f you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams (*J in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number % k6 /" H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland, The number of checks is the number of points. _Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). _Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least X ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) X Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of eta) Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _7-14 = M _X-0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+((% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= 9'u If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 l Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 I Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = ( 2) — Z 5 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above G Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:-4-6 = H _1-3 = M _< 1= L H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? Record the rating on the first page H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m paints = 1 _ Site does not meet any of the criteria above Rating of Value If score is:-2 = H _1 = M _0 = L Wetiand Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 C points = u -L -- ---- Record the rating on the first page 14 1 Wetland name or number3 WDFW Priority Habitats Priority • (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. Utp,1 wt v w �fsXr.L%L(jgIb.Jjl1+ f or access the list from here: hhttn;1[wdfw.wa.zu+vh:wzs rv,atitL+l,l�l�sllist�] Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit; NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (04 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PiTS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and (orbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — 0 1 d-growth/Mature forests: Q Id • rc 1w t Ii west g r Ca sc,%l C cres - Stands of at least 2 tree specie.%, forming a trlulti- layered canopy with occasional small openings: with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or> 200 years of age. Mature fittest% - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest — 01regan White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (Gill descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 -see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutualiyinfluence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). — Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. — Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore_ (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relativeiv undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — Talus: Homogenous areas of rock t'ttbble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. — Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavatioa[use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. J Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number -K—P/k-E /KFIKC--/K H IK� �KJ�K��Ic►- k:-M / Imo RATING SUMMARY -- Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID G 44 f L �_ Date of site visit: —+-& 60 Rated by �-JV Trained by Ecology?X Yes _No Date of training HGM Class used for rating Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y _<_N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY -M (based on functions X or special characteristics ) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I — Total score = 23 - 27 Category II — Total score = 20 - 22 Category III —Total score = 16 - 19 _Category IV —Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Habitat Water Quality Circle the appropriate ratings :site Potential H M H M (C) M Q (Landscape Potential H l4� L H M( fH� M Value (FI1 M L H (5 L I H M (L) I TOTAL Score Based on & 4- 3 ( 3 Aatines 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I II Interdunal I II III IV None of the above x Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L,L,L 1 Wetland name or number k /V-1✓ 6� / Kv� Jr-( %JiKK /g�"I � ,' 1 A-d HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question B. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? 0- go to 2 YES - the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.1 Is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is not scored. This method cannot be used to score functions for estuarine wetlands. 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. go to 3 YES - The wetland class is Flats your wetland can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at anytime of the year) at least 20 ac (8 ha) in size; _At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m). &_ go to 4 YES - The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? X-The wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygradual), X The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded. NO-goto5 ES The wetland class is Slope NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river, The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number K- KE ��� �� _I ( yl y I I KT IKK IK� IKM /g� NO — go to 6 YES — The wetland class is Riverine NOTE: The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at sometime during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO — go to 7 YES — The wetland class is Depressional Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO — go to 8 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the HGM class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM class to use in rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake Fringe Lake Fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary of depression Depressional Depressional + Lake Fringe Depressional Riverine + Lake Fringe Riverine Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE Ifyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number l -F K(f lg / I tzi r/l/- t /g—'O lee) SLOPE WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to improve water quality S 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? S 1.1. Characteristics of the average slope of the wetland: (o 1%slope has a 1 ft vertical drop in elevation for every 100 ft of horizontal distance) Slope is 1% or less points = 3 Slope is > 1%-2% points = 2 Slope is > 2%-5% points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% points = 0 5 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surface ❑r duff layerlayert is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definitionsj: Yes = 3 No = 0 S 1.3. Characteristics of the plants in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the plants in the wetland. Dense means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover), and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 in. Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > 90% of the wetland area points = 6 Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants >'% of area points = 3 Dense, woody, plants > % of area points = 2 Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > % of area points = 1 0 Does not meet any of the criteria above for plants points = 0 Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above j Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12 = H _6-11 = M X0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:-1-2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Rating of Value If score is: X 2-4 = H _1= M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System For Western WA: 2014 Update 11 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number —" 4—'�kF /K(��jf �� /kl 1eJ_/1K1k 1eL1k_A4 lK p SLOPE WETLANDS Hydrologic Functions - Indicators that the site function; to reduce flooding and stream erasion I S 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and stream erosion? { S 4.1. Characteristics of plants that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits conditions in the wetland. Stems of plants should be thick enough (usually >'/e in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows. Dense, uncut, rigid plants cover > 90% of the area of the wetland points = 1 tJ All other conditions points = 0 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_1= M V 0 = L Record the rating on the first page S 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the hydrologic functions of the site? S 5.1. Is more than 25% of the area within 150 ft upslope of wetland in land uses or cover that generate excess surface runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_1= M \ 0 = L Record the rating on the first page S 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? S 6.1. Distance to the nearest areas downstream that have flooding problems: The sub -basin immediately down -gradient of site has flooding problems that result in damage to human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds) points = 2 Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient points =1 I No flooding problems anywhere downstream points = 0 S 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O U Total for S 6 Add the points in the boxes above j Rating of Value If score is:_2-4 = H ')(1= M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page NOTES and FIELD OBSERVATIONS: Wetland Rating System For Western WA: 2014 Update 12 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number These questions apply to wetlands of all MGM classes. HABITAT FUNCTIONS - Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of/< ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac, Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 _Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points =1 _Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if.• The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20%within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or Y. ac to count (see textfor descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points =1 _Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 W. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed conarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 CJ H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 201S Wetland name or number _LIKEILFIK�IKH i/kr` 1'k_M / kd H 1.5. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. _Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter and 6 ft long). _Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of strata) I Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above I j Rating of Site Potential If score is:_35-18 = H _7-14 = M _)( 0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/21_= % If total accessible habitat is: > V3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polvgon points = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]— Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = (- 2) —2 <_ 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:-4-6 = H _1-3 = M Y< 1= L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan 0 Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above points = 0 Rating of Value If score is:_2 = H _3 = M Y O = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or numberD WDFW Priority Habitats P ' WDFW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. hrjfwdfvgov(ublicaislQl5•ndf or access the list from here: http.,I�wdfw�wa,govi'c.mli.-ervazigalp-U/ii5t) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha), Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth w - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Matu - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158 -see web link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p.161 - see web link above). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. — Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enabl e cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or RATING SOMMARY — Western Washington r Name of wetland (or ID lf' �a�i~��1{�='f�`1-rr(U,1<V/Date of site visit: Rated by -Al Trained by Ecology?X Yes _No Date of training HGM Class used for rating Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_YEN NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined) Source of base aerial photo/map _ _ OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY M (based on functions{ or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I -Total score = 23 - 27 Category II -Total score = 20 - 22 Category III -Total score = 16 - 19 _Category IV - Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Habitat Water Qua#Ity Circle the appropriate ratings Site Potential H M �L� H M f,> H M Potential H (9L H M� H M [� ,Landscape I Value M L H (0 L I H M rL) I TOTAL Based on 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine [ II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog [ Mature Forest 1 Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon 1 11 Interdunal 1 11 III IV None of the above X Score for each function based on three ratings (order or ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H 8 = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,N1 6 = H,M,L 6 = M,M,M 5 = H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L, L, L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update i Rating Form - Effective January L, 2015 r 1 I Wetland name or number` KA i � ;� /KT�kLI/Izv�K , HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unitbeing rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? 9- go to 2 YES - the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.1 is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe [Estuarine] YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is notscored. This method cannot be used to score functions far estuarine wetlands. 2. The entire wetland unit is Flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%] of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. go to 3 YES - The wetiand class is Flats 11your wetland can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at any time of the year) at least 20 ac (8 ha) in size; _At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m). go to 4 YES - The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _XThe wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygradual), X The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a Swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded. NO - go to 5 J� The wetland class is Slope NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). 5. Does the entire wetiand unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river, _The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Forin - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number 1 I D/ KF KTIk0 /KV l<� NO - go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine NOTE: The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO-goto7 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland maybe ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO-goto8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional Your wetland unit seems to he difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodp lain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the HGM class listed in column Z is less than 10% of the unit: classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM class to use in rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake Fringe Lake Fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary of depression Depressional Depressional + Lake Fringe Depressional Riverine + Lake Fringe Riverine Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE Ifyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the ra tiny. Wetland Rating System or Western WA 22014 Update Rating Form - Effective fanuary 1, 20 L5 Wetland name or number ' KFEI I k� kT I Kut K� I k� SLOPE W£ILANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the site functions to imprsye water S 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? S 1.1. Characteristics of the average slope of the wetland: (a 1%slope has a 1 ft vertical drop in elevation for evTO 100 ft of horizontal distance) Slope is 1% or less point Slope is > 1%-2°� pointSlope is > 2% 5% pointSlope is Rreater than 5% HintS1.2. Tli it 20b low thes rfa a or uff I er is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definiiionsp Yes = 3 NS 1.3. Characteristics of the plants in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants:Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the plants in the wetland. Dense means y have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover), and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 in. Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > 90% of the wetland area points = 6 Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants> % of area points =3 Dense, woody, plants > %: of area points = 2 Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > X of area points = 1 L� Does not meet any of the Criteria above for plants points = 0 Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above ,_7 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12 = H _6-11 = M X0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page S 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support thew ater quality function of the site? 5 2.1. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft on the uphill side of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? Yes=1 No=0 S 2.2. Are there other sources of pollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in question S 2.1? Other sources Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for S 2 Add the points in the boxes above l Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_1-2 = M 0 = L Record the rating an the first page S 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? S 3 1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 ml) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 S 3.2- Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where water quality is an issue? At least one aquatic resource in the basin is an the 303(d) list. Yes = 1 No = 0 53.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality? Answer YES Z f there is a TMDL for the basin in which unit is found. Yes = 2 No _ 0 Total for S 3 Add the points in the boxes above -3 Rating of Value If score is._2.4 = H _1= M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating Systom for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2019 IJ 11 Wetland name or number — K %KD K� 1`T�kN �k v % KW SLOPE WETLANDS HydroIpgk Functions - indicators that the site functions to Cedute flooding and stream eroslop S 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and stream erosion? S 4.1. Characteristics of plants that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits conditions in the wetland. Stems of plants should be thick enough (usually >'/e in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows. Dense, uncut, rigid plants cover > 90% of the area of the wetland points =1 All other conditions points = 0 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_i = M �L_0 = L Record the rating on the first page S 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the hydrologic functions of the site? S 5.1. is more than 25% of the area within 150 ft upslope of wetland In land uses or cover that generate excess surface runoff? Yes =1 No = 0 U Rating of Landscape Potential If score 1s:_1= M . �,0 = L S 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? Record the rating on thefrst page 5 6.1. Distance to the nearest areas downstream that have flooding problems: The sub -basin immediately down -gradient of site has flooding problems that result in damage to human or natural resources (e.g,, houses or salmon redds) points = 2 Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient points =1 _No flooding problems anywhere downstream points = o 5 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? Yes=2 No=O Total for S 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score 1s:-2-4 = N X,1= M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page NOTES and FIELD OBSERVATIONS: Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 12 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number K A / KP/KF/ K'r/ KL1/ KA-) /kW H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1.1. Structure of plant Community: indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of X ac or more than 10% of the unit if it u smaller than 2.5 ac, Add the number of structures checked. Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points = 1 _Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 if the unit has a Forested class, check if The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon _ H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or Inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 L_Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or Inundated 2 types present: points =1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftz, Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurnsfan milloil, reed conarygross, purpie loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points - 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 e 5 species _ points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. if you hove four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is olways high. None = 0 points Low =1 point D Q- Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 U 0 Wetland name or numberrK�/ItD /ICF/I<�� k titll iV %I<Ul1 H 1.5, Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The'numberaf-ch'&ksis:the number of points. _Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in diameter bnd 6 ft long). _Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 Ift (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 33 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) _At least % ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egq-laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of stratal Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above 1 Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-19 = H _7-14 = M _�< 0-6 = L Record the rating on the first page H Z.O. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= If total accessible habitat is: >'/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 I 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 ` < 10% of 1 km polygon paints = 0 H 2.2_ Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: V undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land u5e5)/2]_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10°% of 1 km Pctly nn points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity land use points = ( 2) s 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity paints = 0 Total for H 2 Add the points in the boxes above r, Rating of Landscape Potential If score is.,-4-6 = H _1-3 = M_< 1= L Record the rating on the first page i H 3.0, Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria. points = 2 It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) It orovides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal iists) It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or In a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) 'within 100 rn points = 1 Site above _ _ _ Rating of Value If scare is:_2 = H _1 = M )[0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 _p a i nts� 0 Record the rating on the rirsr page 11 0 Wetland name or number,'K ,/ ILp. �K F / YdT/ KtA / Y-\/OkvJ WDFW Priority Habitats i [ = (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washirgton Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp, Ii11L-L tlilv+-, .,A,kr+villsll)lil at1S21L,jo 1 ;� -�`-�0 L. '�L Ora cc ess the list From here: ILLL L):! / vl.uw nLv1ft,IUS.L) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (,I00 m) of the wetland unit; NOTE: This gr+estion is independent of the land use between the wetland unhand the priority habitat. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (14, ha), Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and Fnrbs on shallow soils ever bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature Forests: Stands of at least 2 tree species, fuming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or> 200 years of age. &st;rr lotrtsis - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%: decay, decadence, aumhers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-Zoo years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/ conifer associations ,vhere canopy coverage of the oak component is important Vull descriprior,.s in WDFV/FHS report p. 158 - see wen link above). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other- - Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (fiill descriptions in WDF'41 PHS report c. 161 - see web fink above). — instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions thatinteract to provide functional life. history requirement for instream Fish and wildlife resources. — Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore, (,Bill descripltions of habitats and the definition of relutiveiv undisturbed are in GVDFW report - see web hn.k on previous page). — Caves: A naturally uccurr:ng cavity, recess, void, or .system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice; or other geologicalrormatiuns and is lame enough to contain a human. — Cliff's: Greater than ZS It (7,6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — Talus; Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - b.S ft (0.15 . 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May he associated with cliffs. — Snags and Logs: 'Frees are considered snags if they are dead nr dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable caviry excavation; use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of> 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 rn) in height Priority logs are > L2 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (5 rtt) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priorityhabitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wedand Rating System for Western WA: 2!114 Update Rating Form - Effective ;ativacy 1, 20 IS 15 Wetland name or number RATING SUMMARY - Western Washington ]j Name of wetland (or ID #): f�P'- TAA_' k 5"+a .. _ - __ Date of site visit: Ala J i5 Rated by Mr,.lrr.0 -- ,ID, Trained by Ecology?IK, Yes No Date of training- h5_ HGM Class used for rating.�5vo_?P_ Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y Y, N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map . OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY IV— (based on functions X or special characteristics_) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I — Total score = 23 - 27 - Score for each Category II — Total score = 20 - 22 function based __Category III —Total score =16 - 19 ratan Category IV —Total score = 9 -15 (order of ratings is not FUNCTION Improving Hydrologic Habitat I important) Water Quality 9 = H,H,H Circle the appropriate ratings 8 = H,H,M Site Potential H M L H L H L 7= H,H,L Landscape Potential H 10 L H M H M 7= H,M,M 6= H,M,L Value FIT M L H MF L H L TOTAL Score Based on 5 = H,L,L 5 = Ra<ings 5 = M,L M , 4 = M, L, L 3 = L,L,L 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC Estuarine CATEGORY I I[ Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon I l[ Interdunal I II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 1 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 j Wedand name or number PG - Maps and figures required to answer questions correctly for Western Washington ❑epressional Wetlands Map of: Cowardin plant classes Location of outlet (can be added to map of hydroperfa&J Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland icon be added to another e+re) Map of the contributing basin _ 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat Screen rapture of ap of 303(d)_listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) Riyerine Wetlands map of: coward in plant class ses Hroperlods , Ponded depressions _ Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (corn be added to another&gweJ Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants Width of unit vs. width of stream (can be added to another figur Map of the contributing basin 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) Lake Fringe wetlands Map of: Cowardin plant classes Plant cover oftrees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to anotherffgute, 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat _ Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) Screen captireof list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found from web) Sloe Wetlands Map of: Cowardin punt classes Hydroperiods _ Plant cover of dense trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants Plant cover of dense, rlgid trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants (can be added to figure above) _ Boundary of 150 ft buffer (can be added to another figure) _ 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat _ Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Fq2lqEweb.sil Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 To answer que#lt D 1.3. H 1.1, H 1.4 D 1.4, H 1.2 D I.I. D 4.1 D 2.2, D 5.2 _ D 4.3, D 5.3 H2.1,H2.2,H2.3 D 3.1, D 3.2 D 3.3 To answer questic H 1.1, H 1.4 H 1,2 R 1.1 R 2.4 R 1.2. R 4.2 R 4.1 R 2.2, R 2.3, R 5.2 H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 R 3.1 _ R 3.2, R 3.3 # To answer questions: I Figure # L 1.1. L 4.1, H 1.1, H 1.4 L 1.2 L 2.2 , H 2.1, H 12, H 2.3 L 3.1, L 3.2 L 3.3 To answer.ttuestforrs_� Figure # H 1.1,. H 1.4 H 1.2 51.3 S 4.1 S 2,1, S 5.1 H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 S 3.1, S 3.2 S 3.3 2 Wetland name or number P& HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? `N go to 2 YES - the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.1 Is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverfne wetlands If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is not scored. This method cannot be used to score functions for estuarine wetlands. 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. r NO go to 3 YES - The wetland class is Flats your wetland can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the form far Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at any time of the year) at least 20 ac (8 ha) in size; _At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m). NO1� go to 4 YES -The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. roes the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygradual), The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a Swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded. r NO - go to 5 YES T The wetland class is Slope NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wed, +nc , except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). S. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river, The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number Jfr NO -go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine NOTE: The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at sometime during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO - go to 7 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO - go to 8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodptain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF'THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. 1 NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or 1 more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. It the area of the HGM class fisted in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit HGM class to being rated use in rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake Fringe Lake Fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream Depressional within boundary of depression Depressional+ Lake Fringe Depressional Riverine + Lake Fringe Riverine Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other Treat as class of freshwater wetland ESTUARINE Ifyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the ra ti ng. Wetland Rating System for Westorn WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January t, 2015 Wetland name or number f & SLOPE WETLANDS Water Quallty'Fu,Ill -=Indicators that the site 'functions to improve water quality S 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? 51.1. Characteristics of the average slope of the wetland: (a I% slope has a 1 ft vertical drop in elevation for every 100 ft of horizontal distance) Slope is 1% or less points = 3 Slope is > 1%-2% points = 2 J Slope is > 2%-5% points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% points = 0 _ S 1.2. The soil 2 in below the surfaces (or duff laver) is true clay or true organic (use NRC5 definitions): Yes = 3 No = 0 S 1.3. Characteristics of the plants in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the plants In the wetland. Dense means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover), and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants are higher than 6 in. Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > 90% of the wetland area points = 6 Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > Yz of area points = 3 Dense, woody, plants > A of area points = 2 Dense, uncut, herbaceous plants > % of area points = 1 Does not meet any of the criteria above for plants points = 0 Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12 = H _6-11 = M 4-Co•5 = L Record the rating on the first page S 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the water quality function of the site? 5 2.1. Is > 10% of the area within 150 ft on the uphill side of the wetland in land uses that generate pollutants? 4 pcYes =1 No = 0 5 2.2. Are there other sources of ollutants coming into the wetland that are not listed in question S 2.1? Other sources TA Yes = 1 No = 0 Total for S 2 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:1-2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the Prst page S 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? S M. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, or marine water that is on the „( 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = O (� S 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where water quality is an issue? At least one aquatic resource in the basin is I on the 303(d) list. Yes = 1 No = 0 S 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality? Answer YES if there is a TMDL for the basin in which unit is found. Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for S 3 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is:\.2•4 = H 1= M _0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page 11 Wetland name or number P& - SLOPMETLANDS Functlons - Indicators that the site functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 4.0. Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and stream erosion? S 4.1. Characteristics of plants that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms: Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits conditions in the wetland, Stems of plants should be thick enough (usually >'/e in), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows. Dense, uncut, rigid plants cover > 90% of the area of the wetland points = 1 All other conditions _ _ points = 0 Rating of Site Potential If score is:-_i_-1 = M _O = L Record the rating on the first page S 5._0, Does the landscape have the potential to support the hydrologic functions of the site? S 5.1. Is more than 25% of the area within 150 ft upslope of wetland in land uses or cover that generate excess rp'� surface runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 `FF�� Rating of Landscape Potential if score is:_1 = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page S 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? S 6.1. Distance to the nearest areas downstream that have flooding problems: The sub -basin immediately down -gradient of site has flooding problems that result in damage to human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds) points = 2 Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient points = 1 No flooding problems anywhere downstream points = 0 5 6.2. Has the site been identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? i Yes=2 NO=O (� Total for 5 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is:_2-4 = H _)�C1= M 0 = L Record the rating an the first page NOTES and FIELD OBSERVATIONS: Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 12 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number HABITAT FUNCTIONS These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes. Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H 1,1. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardln classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardln plant classes in the wetland, Up to 10 patches may be combined for each class to meet the threshold of Y. ac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points = 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 ' Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures: points =1 Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if: The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2 Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). _Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 _Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or Inundated 2 types present: points =1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points --Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 W. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian mllfoll, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Coward in plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can Include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. ~mot None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points All three diagrams in this raw are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 NJ 011 Wetland name or number H I.S. Special habitat features: Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. x Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4In diameter and 6 ft long). standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cutshrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood Is exposed) At least X ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area In every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of scrota] Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:�15-19 = H 7-14 = M �0-6 m L Record the rating on the first page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2)— % If total accessible habitat Is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon ooints - 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat,+ [(% moderate and low Intensity land uses)/2j_ = % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and In 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points = 1 Undisturbed habitat <10%of 1 km puivgr)n _ _ _ paints = 0 _ H 2.3. Land use intensity In 1 km Polygon: If > 50% of 1 km Polygon is high Intensity land use points = (- 2) <- 50%. of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the pomis In the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is. = H _i-3 = M _j�c 1= L H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? —2- Record the rating on the first page H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued In laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highestscore that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points= 2 it has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) It Is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site In a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or In a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above Rating of Value If score Is:_2 = H _YI = M 0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 points = 0 Record the rating on the first page 14 Wetland name or number Afr- WDFW Priority Habitats Priwwi y haisivats listed by WDFW (see complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. 2008. Priority Habitat and Species List Olympia, Washington. 177 pp. or access the list from here: 11L+LTV Y.yYa jLSZVIcunscrv,t6yi ti ) Count how many of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft (100 m) of the wetland unit: MOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wetland unit and the priority habitat. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (04 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: 9j_d-+ e % M - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi - layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (81 cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mature forests - Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in [53 cm) dbh; crown cover may be less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. — Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (furl descriptions in WDFWPHS report p. 156 -see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with Mowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p, 161 - see web link above). — lnstream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources, — Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relativery undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2.0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of> 20 in (51 cm) in western Washington and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number-. CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS _ Wetland Type Category Check pff any criteria that ggp!y to the Overland: Circle the categary when the appropriate criteria are met. SC 1.0. Estuarine wetlands Does the wetland meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, — Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt _ Yes -Go to SC 1.1 No= Not an estuarine wetland 5C 1.1. Is the wetland within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-1S1? Cat. Yes = Category I No - Go to SC 1.2 SC 1.2. Is the wetland unit at least 1 ac in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? —The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has Icss Cat. than 10% cover of non-native plant species, (If non-native species are Spartina, see page 25) — At least % of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un- mowed grassland. Cat. II —The wetland has at least two of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Yes = Category I No = Category II SC 2.0. Wetlands of High Conservation Value (WHCV) SC 2.1. Has the WA Department of Natural Resources updated their website to include the list of Wetlands of High Cat. I Conservation Value? Yes - Go to SC 2.2 No- Go to SC 2,3 SC 2.2. Is the wetland listed on the WDNR database as a Wetland of High Conservation Value? Yes = Category I No = Not a WHCV SC 2.3. Is the wetland in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? Litt p:flivvrtivl.ds,rW:j.gov s,h i ,efsiesk datase�i,ch witill�S�v_c�t_i:,sir-acii Yes - Contact WNHP/WDNR and go to SC 2.4 No = Not a WHCV SC 2.4. Has WDNR identified the wetland within the S/T/Ras a Wetland of High Conservation Value and listed it on their website? Yes = Category I No = Not a WHCV SC 3.0. Bogs Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below. if you answer YES you will still need to rate the wetland based an its functions. SC 3.1. Does an area within the wetland unit have organic soil horizons, either peats or mucks, that compose 16 in or more of the first 32 in of the soil profile? Yes - Go to SC 3.3 No -Go to SC 3.2 SC 3.2. Does an area within the wetland unit have organic sails, either peats or mucks, that are less than 16 In deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on top of a lake or pond? Yes - Go to SC 3.3 No = Is not a bog SC 3.3. Does an area with peats or mucks have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND at least a 30% cover of plant species listed in Table 4? Yes = Is a Category I bog No - Go to SC 3.4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory, you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16 in deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the plant species in Table 4 are present, the wetland is a bog, Cat. I 5C 3.4, Is an area with peats or mucks forested (> 30% cover) with Sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Engelmann spruce, or western white pine, AND any of the species (or combination of species) listed in Table 4 provide more than 30% of the cover under the canopy? Yes =1s a Category I bog No = Is not a bog Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 16 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 201S Wetland name or number F1&_ SC 4.0. Forested Wetlands Does the wetland have at least I contEeuous aere of forest that meets one of these criteria for the WA Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? if you answer YES you will still need to rate the wetland based on Its functions, — Old -growth forests (west of Cascade crest): Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 in (81 cm) or more. — Mature forests (west of the Cascade Crest): Stands where the largest trees are 80- 200 years old OR the species that make up the canopy have an average diameter (dbh) exceeding 21 in (53 cm). Yes = Category 1 No = Not a forested wetland for this section Cat. I SC 5.0. Wetlands In Coastal Lagoons Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? — The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks —The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains ponded water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon rneeds to be measured near the bottom) Cat, I Yes — Go to SC 5.1 No = Not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1. Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions? —The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of aggressive, opportunistic plant species (see list of species on p. 100). Cat. 11 —At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un- mowed grassland. —The wetland is larger than 1/10 ac (4350 ft') Yes = Category I No = Category II SC 6.0. Interdunal Wetlands Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its habitatfunctions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: — Long Beach Peninsula: Lands west of SR 103 — Grayland-Westport: Lands west of SR 105 Cat I — Ocean Shores-Copalis: Lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 Yes — Go to SC 6.1 No = not an interdunal wetland for rating SC 6.1. Is the wetland 1 ac or larger and scores an 8 or 9 for the habitat functions on the form (rates H,H,H or H,H,M Cat. II for the three aspects of function)? Yes = Category I No — Go to SC 6.2 SC 6.2. Is the wetland 1 ac or larger, or Is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is 1 ac or larger? Yes = Category I I No — Go to SC 6.3 Cat. III SC 6.3. Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 ac, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 ac? Yes = Category III No = Category IV Cat.IV Category of wetland based on special Characteristics If you answered No for all types, enter "Not Applicable" on Summary Form Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 17 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number � PK RATING SUMMARY -Western Washington Name of wetland (or ID #}: P K TNt= 15`+'a Date of site visit:(Iq�l� Rated by�CYip�r._ �Ce r�dL Tralned by Ecology?)L Yes `No Date of training HGM Class used for rating i C Wetland has multiple HGM classes?_Y X N NOTE: Form is not complete without the figures requested (figures can be combined). Source of base aerial photo/map OVERALL WETLAND CATEGORY -L (based on functions_%or special characteristics) 1. Category of wetland based on FUNCTIONS Category I — Total score = 23 - 27 Category II — Total score = 20 - 22 _Category III — Total score = 16 - 19 Category IV —Total score = 9 - 15 FUNCTION Improving I Hydrologic 1 Water Quality Habitat Circle the appropriate ratings Site Potential H 11A L H L H (h L Landscape Potential H L H L H M Value H M L H M L H (g5 L ;Score Based on (Ratings TOTAL l� 2. Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland CHARACTERISTIC CATEGORY Estuarine I II Wetland of High Conservation Value I Bog I Mature Forest I Old Growth Forest I Coastal Lagoon 1 II Interdunal 1 II III IV None of the above Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Score for each function based on three ratings (order of ratings is not important) 9 = H,H,H S = H,H,M 7 = H,H,L 7 = H,M,M 6 = H, M, L 6 = M,M,M 5=H,L,L 5 = M,M,L 4 = M,L,L 3 = L,L,L Wetland name or number FV- Maps and figures required to answer questions correctly for Western Washington LDe ressional Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes D 1.3, H 1.1, H 1.4 Hydroperiods D 1.4, H 1.2 Location of outlet (can be added to map of hydroperiods) D 1.1, D 4.1 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to anotherfigure) D 2.2, D 5.2 Map of the contributing basin D 4.3, D 5.3 1 km Polygon; Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) D 3.1, D 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) D 3.3 Riverine Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes H 1.1. H 1.4 Hydroperiods H 1.2 Ponded depressions R 1.1 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (can be added to another figure) R 2.4 Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants R 1.2, R 4.2 Width of unit vs. width of stream con be added to anotherfigure] R 4.1 Map ofthe contributing basin R 2.2, R 2.3, R 5.2 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) R 3.1 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) R 3.2, R 3.3 Lake Fringe Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Cowardin plant classes L 1.1, 1-4.1, H 1.1, H 1.4 Plant cover of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants L 1,2 Boundary of area within 150 ft of the wetland (con be added to anotherfigure) L 2.2 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin ;from Ecology website) L 3.1, L 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) L 3.3 Slope Wetlands Map of: To answer questions: Figure # Coward in plant classes H 1.1, H 1.4 Hvdroperiods H 1.2 Plant cover of dense trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants S 1.3 Plant cover of dense, rigid trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants (can be added to figure above) S 4.1 Boundary of 150 ft buffer (can be added to another figure) I S 2.1, S 5.1 1 km Polygon: Area that extends 1 km from entire wetland edge - including polygons for accessible habitat and undisturbed habitat H 2.1, H 2.2, H 2.3 Screen capture of map of 303(d) listed waters in basin (from Ecology website) 5 3.1, S 3.2 Screen capture of list of TMDLs for WRIA in which unit is found (from web) 53.3 Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number, PK HGM Classification of Wetlands in Western Washington For questions 1-7, the criteria described must apply to the entire unit being rated. If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question B. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides except during floods? NO go to 2 YES -- the wetland class is Tidal Fringe - go to 1.1 1.1 Is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? NO - Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) YES - Freshwater Tidal Fringe Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands, If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is an Estuarine wetland and is not scored. This method cannot be used to score functions for estuarine wetlands, 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. �lQ Qgo to 3 YES - The wetland class is Flats aug wetland can be classified as a Flats wetland, use the four+ far Vepressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shares of a body of permanent open water (without any plants on the surface at anytime of the year) at least 20 ac (S ha) in size; /_At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 in). (NO 1- go to 4 YES - The wetland class is Lake Fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? _The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual), The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks, The water leaves the wetland without being impounded. NO go to 5 YES - The wetland class is Slope NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 ft deep). S. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river, The overbank flooding occurs at least once every 2 years. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number PK tO go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine TE: The Riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at sometime during the year? This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO - go to 7 'jIES -)he wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat areawith no obvious depression and no overbank Flooding? The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO - go to 8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a Depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within the wetland unit being scored. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 100/0 or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the HGM class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM class to use in rating Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake Fringe Lake Fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary of depression Depressional Depressional + Lake Fringe Depressional Riverine + Lake Fringe Riverine Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE Ifyou are still unable to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or ifyou have more than Z HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating, Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number rk DEPRESSI.NAL AND FLATS WETLANDS Water Quality Functions - Indicators that the, site furlctions to improve water quality D 1.0. Does the site have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key) with no surface water leaving it (no outlet). points = 3 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet. points = 2 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 1 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch. points = 1 D 1.2, The soil 2 in below the surface or duff is er is true clay or true organic (use NRCS definftions).Yes = 4 No = 0 D 1.3, Characteristics and distri utian of persistent plant§ (Emergent, Scrub -shrub, and/or Forested Cowardin classes): Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > 95% of area points = 5 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, plants > % of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants >'/lo of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed plants <'/lo of area points = 0 D 1.4. Characteristics of seasonal pond ina or inundation: This is the area that is pondedfor at least 2 months. See description in manual, Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 4 L- Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < % total area of wetland points = 0 Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H 6-11 = M 0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 or 4 = H1 or 2 = M 0 = L Record the rating on theJirst page D 3.0. Is the water quality improvement provided by the site valuable to society? D 3.1. Does the wetland discharge directly (i.e., within 1 mi) to a stream, river, lake, o-• marine water that is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = O. D 3.2. Is the wetland in a basin or sub -basin where an aquatic resource Is on the 303(d) list? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 3.3. Has the site been identified in a watershed or local plan as important for maintaining water quality (answer YES 2- if there is a TMOL far the basin in which the unit is found)? Yes = 2 No = 0 Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is: 2-4 = H _1 = M 0 = L Record the rating on the first page PL- Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 5 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number PK DEPRESSIONAL,AND.FLATSt,WETLANDS .. Hydro.logic,Functions --,Indicators that the site functions.to reduce flooding=and=stream:degradation D 4.0, Does the site have the potential to reduce flooding and eroslon? D 4.1. Characteristics of surface water outflows from the wetland: Wetland is a depression or flat depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Wetland has an intermittently flowing stream or ditch, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outletpoints = 2 Wetland is a flat depression (QUESTION 7 on key), whose outlet is a permanently flowing ditch points = 1 Wetland has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet that is permanently flowing points = 0 D 4.2. Depth of storage during wet periods: Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For wetlands with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or if dry, the deepest part. Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 3 3 Wetland is flat but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft (6 in) points = 0 D 4.3. Contribution of the -wetland to stomgg in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surfoce water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of the unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire wetland is in the Flats class points = 5 Total for D 4 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Site Potential If score is:_12-16 = H6-11 = M _0-5 = L Record the rating on the first page D 5.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support hydrologic functions of the site? D 5.1. Does the wetland receive stcrmwater discharges? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.2. Is >10% of the area within 150 ft of the wetland in land uses that generate excess runoff? Yes = 1 No = 0 D 5.3. Is more than 25% of the contributing basin of the wetland covered with intensive human land uses (residential at >1 residence/ac, urban, commercial, agriculture, etc.)? Yes = 1 No = 0 C� Total for D 5 Add the points in the boxes above 1 Rating of Landscape Potential If score is:_3 = H ! 1 or 2 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page D 6.0. Are the hydrologic functions provided by the site valuable to society? D 6.1. The unit is in a landscape that has flooding prOblt'nls. Choose the description that best matches conditions around the wetland unit being rated. Do not add points. Choose the hLghest score if more than one condition is met. The wetland captures surface water that would otherwise flow down -gradient into areas where flooding has damaged human or natural resources (e.g., houses or salmon redds): • Flooding occurs in a sub -basin that is immediately down -gradient of unit. points = 2 • Surface flooding problems are in a sub -basin farther down -gradient. points = 1 Flooding from groundwater is an issue in the sub -basin, points = 1 I The existing or potential outflow from the wetland is so constrained by human or natural conditions that the water stored by the wetland cannot reach areas that flood. Explain why points = 0 There are no problems with flooding downstream of the wetland. points = 0 D 6.2. Has the site been Identified as important for flood storage or flood conveyance in a regional flood control plan? ,.y( Yes=2 No=O l�J Total for D 6 Add the points in the boxes above Rating of Value If score is:_2-4 = H :�/_ 1 = M `0 = L Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Record the rating on the first page Wetland name or number F `1— Tiiese questions applyto-wetlands of all HGM classes. HABITATFUNCTIONS .Indicators that site functions to provide important habitat H 1.0. Does the site have the potential to provide habitat? H I. I. Structure of plant community: Indicators are Cowardin classes and strata within the Forested class. Check the Cowardin plant classes in the wetland. Up to 10 patches maybe combined for each class to meet the threshold of Xac or more than 10% of the unit if it is smaller than 2.5 ac. Add the number of structures checked. _Aquatic bed 4 structures or more: points= 4 Emergent 3 structures: points = 2 _Scrub -shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover) 2 structures points = 1 _,Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover) 1 structure: points = 0 If the unit has a Forested class, check if: The Forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the Forested polygon H 1.2. Hydroperiods Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or Y. ac to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods). Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present: points = 3 YSeasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present: points = 2 _Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present: points = 1 Saturated only 1 type present: points = 0 _Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland _Lake Fringe wetland 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland 2 points H 1.3. Richness of plant species Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftZ. Different patches of the some species can be combined to meet the size threshold and you do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian thistle If you counted: a 19 species points= 2 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 specles points= 0 H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion among Cowardin plants classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, moderate, low, or none. If you have four or more plant classes or three classes and open water, the rating is always high. None = 0 points Low — 1 paint Moderate = 2 points :. •tr�r All three diagrams in this row are HIGH = 3points Wetland Rating System For Western WA: 2014 Update 13 Rating Form — Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or number. rk H 1,5. Special habitat features: Chark the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points. - .,,Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 In diameter and 6 ft long). _,._Standing snags (dbh > 4 in) within the wetland _Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2 m) and/or overhanging plants extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the wetland, for at least 33 ft (10 m) _Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet weathered where wood is exposed) At least Y. ac of thin -stemmed persistent plants or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated(strucruresfor egg. layingbyamphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in every stratum of plants (see H 1.1 for list of Total for H 1 Add the points in the boxes above Z Rating of Site Potential If score is:_15-18 = H _ , 744 = M _�, 0-6 = L Recora the raring on me firsr page H 2.0. Does the landscape have the potential to support the habitat functions of the site? H 2.1. Accessible habitat (include only habitat that directly abuts wetland unit). Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_= If total accessible habitat is: > 1/3 (33.3%) of 1 km Polygon points = 3 20-33% of 1 km Polygon points = 2 r 10-19% of 1 km Polygon points = 1 < 10% of 1 km Polygon paints = 0 H 2.2. Undisturbed habitat in 1 km Polygon around the wetland. Calculate: % undisturbed habitat_+ [(% moderate and low intensity land uses)/2]_ _ % Undisturbed habitat > 50% of Polygon points = 3 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and in 1-3 patches points = 2 Undisturbed habitat 10-50% and > 3 patches points= 1 Undisturbed habitat < 10% of 1 km Polygon points = 0 H 2.3. Land use intensity in 1 km Polygon: if > 50% of 1 km Polygon Is high intensity land use points = (- 2) L <- 50% of 1 km Polygon is high intensity points = 0 Total for H 2 Add the I)&nts in the boxes above Rating of Landscape Potential If score is- _4-6 = H _1-3 = M 7—< 1= L Record the rating on the first page H 3.0. Is the habitat provided by the site valuable to society? H 3.1. Does the site provide habitat for species valued in laws, regulations, or policies? Choose only the highest score that applies to the wetland being rated. Site meets ANY of the following criteria: points = 2 — It has 3 or more priority habitats within 100 m (see next page) — It provides habitat for Threatened or Endangered species (any plant or animal on the state or federal lists) — It is mapped as a location for an individual WDFW priority species — It is a Wetland of High Conservation Value as determined by the Department of Natural Resources — It has been categorized as an important habitat site in a local or regional comprehensive plan, in a Shoreline Master Plan, or in a watershed plan Site has 1 or 2 priority habitats (listed on next page) within 100 m points = 1 Site does not meet any of the criteria above points= u Rating of Value If score is:-2 = H V1 = M _0 = L Record the rating on the first page Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 14 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 Wetland name or numberfk WDFW Priority Habitats 'r•e I (see complete descriptions ofWDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in: Washington Department of r ish and Wildlife. 2008, Priority Habitat and Species List. Olympia, Washington. 177 pp s a l 6, or access the list from here: Count how many of the following priorityhabitats are within 330 it (100 m) of the wetland unit: NOTE: This question is independent of the land use between the wed and unit and the priority habitat. — Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 1 ac (0.4 ha). — Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report). — Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: - rl ?wth West ofrajodL, ', - Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a muld- layered canopy with occasional small openings, with at least 8 trees/ac (20 trees/ha ) > 32 in (9t cm) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mange fo f,,=- Stands with average diameters exceeding 21 in (53 cm) dbh: crown cover may be less than 100%, decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is general ly less than that found in old -growth, 80-200 years old west of the Cascade crest. — Oregon White Oak: Woodland stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFWPPfS report p.158 -see web link above). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with Flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and wrrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. — Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161 - see web link above). — lnstream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. — Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report - see web link on previous page). — Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. — Cliffs: Greater than 25 ft (7.6 m) high and occurring below 5000 ft elevation. — Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.5 - 6.5 ft (0.15 - 2,0 m), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Lags: Trees are considered snags If they are dead a dyingand exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of a 20 in (51 cm) in western Washingtun and are > 6.5 ft (2 m) in height. Priority logs are > 12 in (30 cm) in diameter at the largest end, and > 20 ft (6 m) long. Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list because they are addressed elsewhere. Wetland Rating System for Western WA: 2014 Update 15 Rating Form - Effective January 1, 2015 FA-10 --AFA- 0Lx4I-e SEGTION 16, TOWNSHIP ZI NORTH, RANGE 4 E, W.M AL-FA FLA65 1-10 s�5 Dpglly -brooded VIEWPORT A VIEAPORT IS 5GALE: I -60' 5GALE: 1 "-60' 85-1 J � VIENFORT IV SCALE: 1 "-60' IL-BS-N =LAGS I -9 S owA Ily -,Pi oodud 10 rFo WL-FB Pss J 844f P5; �;Iff0 A vd6ew WL-FO FLAG{ 1-6 � FD-FD-1 f Cl6 Se as D it i1 �1 ji /DdA 5q*g,kmkw h v POffef WL-FF FLA651-5 C, FF-1 se6t4k"41ty -f'lvov" s',A-IvPA �ed FF �'+ ovge-1 VIENFORT IE 5GALE: 1 "-60' SEGTION 16, TOWNSHIP 21 NORTH, RANGE 4 E, W.M. WL-El Pro FLAGS 1-4 Uatitin6v l [y +1 o vdedf EI-4 O D 4 irf..f!-i of 1-1 SCALE: 1 "-60' J .J AL-EJ FLAG51-5 EJ-1 EJ-5 '-� EX. TRAIL, EK-5 FLAGS 1-3, TYP AL-EK 1=LA65 q-7=100 FLAG5 1-5 EL-1S EL-100 K-I ,SLas 0%iN,r�y �� WL-EM iwL-�i9 FLAGS 1-5 EL-ae EM-1 E -5 YIF5NFORT 28 5GALE! 1 "-60' l.aX.kaC *vl, A SECTION 16, TOWNSHIP 21 NORTH, RANGE 4 E, N.M. Pss wL-tee s�� �►al�y-F�r'�¢c�d NORTH EX. TRAIL, NP SCALE, I "-60' RG l,, p-r o Sea5wally -F(DDded PF-p h D o uOte,t slew-; 0o bcud DESI &� DE-81 �WL-Dt, 'c FLA05 1=81 WL-DG FLA65 I-& DF-5 WL-DF D6-8 FLAGS 1-5 D6- I WL-DH � FLAGS 1-5 / DH-I DI-4 / D14-5 ---- / FLA55 1-4 4j. _ J I SECTION 16, TOWNSHIP 21 NORTH, RANGE 4 E, W.M. r EX. TRAIL, TYP. { E I E I i WL-ACC i FLA65 1-4, 103, 105, 101.1 11,5-106, 104, 5-8, I-7-13, I-9, 158� t RE WL-BR FLAGS 1-15 BCC-106 :e E30-5 BQ-b AGA BS-I `3-4 4 t � WL-BS-S FLAG5 1-4 1 E EXISTING EDGE 1 OF CANOPY, T'i P. 11 � 1 r .1 , r10 -1 181 _ E30-105 E30-103 STORMIN.ATE � P0�4f� BQ-4 • _ _ � � � �• AG -� WL=AH FLAG'a 1-10 I � I �r 4 IAH-I 4 AH-10 A AF-6 wL- ti- AE-I FLAG51-6 ` AO-1 AL-AE j A6-13 _ FLAGS 1-6 it �--•---�---f ---- li�� — STREAM -AG V l EAPORT 4 SGALE: 1"-60' RE -- iq FAH 4& 8R ps (5) Ffm pasorl6gty fpo seasbraIly -Flooded PFo f PEM se,cianalr PE-M &�Ma�� PIOOCW PI vo'-w p-m4nen-f sir2tA fl 0 ode 4 Pl- vlL �f 'Aw 31 rV7 �,C, O OL V- CD CD Nr 4-J L- 4 FFM - 'ANIR.Woom .figs.- - is .4 ■ 4 cl 17 k ILAN, LJ I _i - -s HU Q -<4 -C cc 0 0 u yF- 76a 4 Ml� esv! M, A3 AZ • 4—) 0 0 �' i i " M O ov • F hh A _ 1 �. •ice °+IRjpt •i t44 ip r+l � � _ _ • �� � f� � cw� � � rl f iat ■ A'IM' i II lr � ire-. � a `— I r � � .11�f' ,-� � 4r i + � .l -• _ a. Is, ri � I ' ►•++Ili .' �' ,� � _ �' ^ _ _ .y.. " �" of � � �,� .� `���� � �� _ �;�•-• - --� _ � � Uk A ■ 4-a - 40 t7 r � st � r` .r.• , i�„" r .� r`.• '' gyp' �,71 ej ti r • ....;. ,.- - ���_ `.' - _ _ , � gip. I4� co w 01) u jKl m I v 40 lk al... vy; 44L, OP .1 tj jo 31 ICA we r. . rl! ui .all 4L •� iy�'" � � � � �'' �1'Sy Tom- _ -^Cry - i�`� �_1_ ... e1je k e I 4;i 2 �r�ls�F•„,•r2 rf .-r r��=�'^7 �•:J. p CD CD ►^V�?' �, � 1 Ili. �fu qy h r� d P >��.. { ��'•yy� F .... ' .�. i� s s s n nta �y ' ! way ' l re1►.. t7u1-'��� *♦4AIr r= ^�.� -- - .•}�•-.'~{~rya` t :. .� ., WNW V, as ri IL K Sib - .r'•r �'; :lA� 7. .� w' 11 L irIR -<4 • t . y� + ;tea ' + • ��} - s 4 Tr Iry lit �5�� � y }�f, ��►�l .. .•]•; ��:. �•'�.� err ,%-� �:• i .. .. 4,"+- 40 ui i [vJ k a 0 i r• Nr r y iti. f r y Yr 7% 'X-. .'.. .%.- • fry:.. -, • r�V kk kk o NJ . =.• ,�� ..; :Y, J ��`,}� ��• .R: -,r ► �... _ ..� +�� ,ram �•�•� .p r, i •r •- �. . --1 .i I • 1 +y'y��r ..A, ��,ry��`}/��>•"•�' `-'��'_►�j�/=, �y►p' � µ 1 � �. i �1��}fr I •a;t�r' 4,'•_�1hi �+!' r� _ ,,Yf � I ii j `�" .` '� �y� - � •{-� � -� �y �'i y, �' • M. p tz 4-0 ui OD S lm IH OHM antl Aiaja� cl`a�O T 3 ony Puz S antl PuES _ l9 a i _ O )-IV Li161: .1 y SaVINf L m � n I O i3any N SaIV PW r. 60 L S'r,V 418E In W WY �3a f'�y. in �P PK anV o„G is S AIIH"Il d_ $ .. Sa V11191 ..........antl vlSl ~ janV 55 antl 418,ii•. Lite "'o. Pcle�2� S-AV is d '..a 'w�.+.[r{lµ.............i -�.� paGl;c H•wti• W 1 ^ 3anV 4101 M1� 4 / 3and 4199 any 4:9 r r _IN antl PuZ. - r^ MS nbvlP Ms -IV vlEl •Y _ 4 � ' '..� .p � r r f�.T.a �y •Sr •. ' SV! - /./,s antl l•, (E /r w _ MIA— - I N hS anV Z v1L /// 12, z` y l a.r✓SJ' a .J. / - •:s•�`">>�? w_a Syr "� l r# Or" a N .t... 9epe%- •I'• ' a Sl =� �.µ1 r - rs'rFy H r J Y IS gels nl h°"y+"al�r.ds r IS ue_) N lS alaal5 PI _ c p L ISa dN ml [g WATER QUALITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS (TMDLs) Overview of the process Project Catalog by WRIA by Lnunty Funding Opportunities Project Development Priority Lists Related Information TMDL Contacts RELATED ECOLOGY PROGRAMS Water Quality water Oua Lty tmurovarrent seater QuAptL lmuova mar! Proierm by -ARTA WRlA 10: Puyallup -White The following table lists overview information for water quality improvement projects (also known as total maximum daily loads, or TMDLs) for this water resource inventory area NiAlA). Please use links (where available) for more information on a project. Counties Y:uro Courrb.' Pte_rce_C_ounty LI i M Waterbody Name j Pollutant Status" ` TMOL Leads Clarks Creek Oessotved Gsvaen Approved by EPA Donovan Grav Meeker Creek Sediment 360-407-6407 Has an implementation plan Fecal Culiforrm Approved by EPA Has an implementation plan nmrcmcemen! 64v Dioxin Approved by EPA Donovan Grav 360-407-6407 Pwallub Aver :yatersnea L Ic Colrform Approved by EPA Donovan Grav 360-407-6407 PIu1b+Earan•ater .Approved by EPA Ammonia -PI BOD (S-day) '011hite Rwer Watershed Approved by EPA Upper While: I . Sediment Temperature Under Development Lower White . pH 6outh Prairie Creek Fecal Coliform Approved by EPA Donovan Grav Tributary: Temperature 360-407-6407 Has an Vhlkesor,Gale implementation plan Creek xarus 1-1 oe "1". as uric or ny rra. un7Pr ievero,pmenr or!mcremeowpon Greenline Business Park Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan APPENDIX E CONCEPTUAL MITIGATION PLAN SHEETS Sheet W1.0. Site Overview Plan Sheet W1.1. Existing Conditions Plan Sheet W1.2. Existing Conditions Plan Sheet W1.3. Proposed Site Plan, Impacts, and Mitigation Overview Plan Sheet W1.4. Proposed Site Plan, Impacts, and Mitigation Overview Plan Sheet W2.0. Conceptual Grading Plan Sheet W2.1. Conceptual Plant Community Plan Sheet W2.2. Conceptual Plant Community Plan 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan-1.docx Appendix E MITIGATION PLAN GREENLINE BUSINESS PARK FEDERAL WAY, WASHINGTON Prepared For FEDERAL WAY CAMPUS, LLC Los Angeles, California Prepared By: TALASAEA CONSULTANTS, INC. Woodinville, Washington 27 October 2017 Mitigation Plan Greenline Business Park NWS-2017-155 Federal Way, Washington Prepared For: Tom Messmer Federal Way Campus, LLC 11100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 850 Los Angeles, California 90025 Prepared By. Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 150250 Bear Creek Road NE Woodinville, Washington 98077 (425) 861-7550 27 October 2017 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan EXECUTIVE SUMMARY PROJECT NAME: Greenline Business Park PROJECT LOCATION: The approximate address for the Site is 32901 Weyerhaeuser Way South in the City of Federal Way, Washington. The project will take place on six parcels (King County Parcel numbers 1621049056, 1521049178, 1621049013, 1621049030, 2285000010, and 7978200420) totaling 146 acres. The Public Land Survey System location of the Site is Sections 16 and 21, Township 21 North, Range 4 East, Willamette Meridian. CLIENT: Tom Messmer, Vice President, Federal Way Campus, LLC PROJECT STAFF: Bill Shiels, Principal; Ann Olsen, RLA; Jennifer Marriott, PWS, Senior Ecologist; David Teesdale, PWS, Senior Ecologist; Richard Tveten, Senior Ecologist; Kristen Numata, Ecologist. IMPACTS SUMMARY: Portions of 63 wetlands, one stream, and North Lake are located on or adjacent to the site. Construction of the proposed development would directly impact (fill) 13,428 square feet (0.31-acre) of wetlands for the buildings, parking, and stormwater facilities. Four wetlands will be insufficiently buffered, resulting in an additional 4,912 square feet (0.11-acre) of wetland as being considered indirect wetland impacts due to site development encroachments. MITIGATION PLAN: Wetland impacts will be mitigated through a multi -part mitigation plan including elements of wetland creation, wetland enhancement, wetland and stream buffer restoration and enhancement, and stream buffer replacement. Temporary construction impacts resulting from site grading will be restored post -construction. Indirect wetland impacts will be mitigated for as if they were direct wetland impacts. Wetland creation is currently proposed at a greater than 2:1 ratio, which is more than required by the Federal Way Revised Code. Mitigation proposed includes: • Wetland Creation 36,023 square feet ■ Wetland Enhancement 2,020 square feet • Wetland Buffer Creation 98,168 square feet • Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration 35,689 square feet • Stream Buffer Enhancement 94,266 square feet • Stream Buffer Replacement 14,489 square feet A final mitigation plan will be prepared and submitted once preliminary concurrence has been provided for this mitigation plan. CRITICAL AREA PROTECTION: Critical areas fencing and signage will be installed around the perimeter of each of the critical area tracts pursuant to Federal Way Revised Code 19.145.180 to clearly delineate the buffer boundaries and help prevent human intrusion and disturbance. Wetland signs will be installed every 150 feet around the critical area tract boundaries. PERFORMANCE MONITORING: All critical area mitigation will be constructed prior to or concurrent with site development activities, and performance monitoring for a minimum of 5 years for the City of Federal Way and 10 years for the Corps of Engineers will commence following mitigation construction completion. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page i Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan TABLE OF CONTENTS ExecutiveSummary ......................................................................................................... i Table of Contents............................... ....... ........ ............................................................... ii Listof Tables .................................... ...................................................................... .._......iii Chapter1. Introduction................................................................................................ 1 1.1 Purpose of Report...............................................................................1 Chapter 2. Impacts Analysis........................................................................................1 2.1 Development Impacts Summary .........................................................1 2.2 Mitigation Sequencing.........................................................................1 2.3 Mitigation Analysis............................................................................... 2 Chapter 3. Proposed Mitigation................................................................................... 5 3.1 Agency Policies and Guidance .................................... 3.2 Mitigation Summary ............................................................................. 5 3.3 Watershed Approach...........................................................................5 3.4 Proposed Mitigation Plan.....................................................................6 3.4.1 Wetland Creation................................................................................. 7 3.4.2 Wetland Enhancement........................................................................8 3.4.3 Wetland Buffer Creation....................................................................... 8 3.4.4 Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration..................................................... 8 3.4.5 Stream Buffer Enhancement...............................................................8 3.5 Mitigation Design Elements.................................................................9 3.5.1 Hydrologic Support .............................................................................. 9 3.5.2 Grading................................................................................................9 3.5.3 Plantings..............................................................................................9 3.5.4 Habitat Features.................................................................................. 9 3.5.5 Fencing and Signage........................................................................10 3.5.6 Temporary Irrigation System.............................................................10 3.5.7 Construction BMPs............................................................................ 10 Chapter 4. Mitigation Goals, Objectives, & Performance Standards ......................... 11 4.1 Goals.................................................................................................11 4.2 Objectives & Performance Standards...............................................11 4.3 Mitigation Construction Sequencing..................................................13 4.4 Post -Construction Approval............................................................... 14 4.5 Post -Construction Assessment......................................................... 14 Chapter5. Monitoring Plan........................................................................................ 14 5.1 Monitoring Schedule..........................................................................14 5.2 Monitoring Reports............................................................................15 5.3 Monitoring Methods...........................................................................15 5.3.1 Methods for Monitoring Wetland Creation ......................................... 15 5.3.2 Methods for Monitoring Vegetation Establishment ............................16 5.4 Photo Documentation........................................................................16 5.5 Wildlife...............................................................................................17 5.6 Water Quality.....................................................................................17 5.7 Site Stability.......................................................................................17 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page ii Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan Chapter 6. Maintenance Guidelines.......................................................................... 17 Chapter 7. Contingency Measures............................................................................18 Chapter 8. Financial Guarantee................................................................................ 18 Chapter9. Summary ...................................................................................... .. 18 Chapter10. References ........................ .................... ......................... .......................... 20 LIST OF TABLES Table 1. Summary of Wetland Creation Required.......................................................... 7 Table 2. Projected Schedule for Performance Monitoring and Maintenance Events....15 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page iii Greenline Business Park CHAPTER I. INTRODUCTION Mitigation Plan 1.1 Purpose of Report This report is the result of an existing conditions study for a 146-acre project area that is a part of the Federal Way Campus, LLC property (referred to hereinafter as the "Site"). The Site is located in Federal Way, Washington. The Site is comprised of portions of six parcels (King County tax parcel numbers 1621049056, 1521049178, 1621049013, 1621049030, 2285000010, and 7978200420). A Critical Areas Report and Conceptual Mitigation Plan (referred to hereinafter as the "Critical Areas Report") dated 20 September 2017 has been prepared that outlines the proposed mitigation associated with the development of the Greenline Business Park. However, many mitigation plan details are lacking from this conceptual mitigation plan due to its intended use as a preliminary document for the City of Federal Way. The mitigation details provided in this report are more detailed and are intended to supersede those details provided within the CAR and Conceptual Mitigation Plan, dated 20 September 2017. This report has been prepared to comply with the requirements of the City of Federal Way guidelines. This report will provide and describe the following information: Impacts summary; Proposed mitigation; Site specific goals, objectives, and performance standards; Monitoring plan; Maintenance plan and contingency; and Financial guarantees. CHAPTER 2.IMPACTS ANALYSIS 2.1 Development Impacts Summary Portions of 63 wetlands, one stream, and North Lake are located on or adjacent to the site. Construction of the proposed development would directly impact (fill) 13,428 square feet (0.31-acre) of wetlands for the buildings, parking, and stormwater facilities. Four wetlands will be insufficiently buffered, resulting in an additional 4,912 square feet (0.11-acre) of wetland as being considered indirect wetland impacts due to site development encroachments. No impacts are proposed below the ordinary high water mark of the on -site stream. While no work is proposed below the ordinary high water mark of the stream, work is proposed in proximity to the stream channel to construct new pond outfalls into the stream buffer. The existing structure will need to be relocated. The east bank stream buffer is proposed to be reduced by 25%, with replacement buffer provided adjacent to the buffer on the west side of the stream. No development activities are proposed on or adjacent to North Lake. 2.2 Mitigation Sequencing All agencies involved require that a sequence of actions be taken for proposals that will impact wetlands or waters of the U.S. This is referred to as mitigation sequencing. It is 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 1 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan regulated under the Washington State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) administered by DOE, as well as under Section 404 of the Federal Clean Water Act, administered by the Corps. The mitigation sequencing requirements are: 1. Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action. 2. Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation, by using appropriate technology or by taking affirmative steps, such as project redesign, relocation, or timing, to avoid or reduce impacts. 3. Rectifying the impact to the critical area by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment to the conditions existing at the time of the initiation of the project. 4. Reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action. 5. Compensating for the impact by replacing, enhancing, or providing substitute resources or environments. 6. Monitoring the hazard or other required mitigation and taking remedial action when necessary. During the site planning process, every effort was undertaken to avoid and minimize adverse impacts to critical areas to the maximum extent practicable while still allowing for an economically viable development and conforming to City of Federal Way requirements. However, warehouses have large rectangular footprints that do not lend themselves well to avoiding features. The size and exact locations of the buildings have been adjusted to the greatest extent practicable to minimize wetland impacts. All of the proposed wetland impacts are necessary in order to meet the requirements for building, parking, stormwater facilities, and access for emergency services and trucks. The proposed development plan avoids impacting the largest and highest quality wetlands. The majority of the wetlands to be filled are relatively low -quality depressional systems that appear to have been created by poor land management activities in the last few decades and in conjunction with development over the years in adjacent areas. Every effort was taken to avoid wetlands that rated as higher quality, higher functioning wetlands. 2.3 Mitigation Analysis The 1990 Memorandum of Agreement between the Environmental Protection Agency and the Corps of Engineers establishes a three-part process of mitigation sequencing to help guide mitigation decisions and determine the type and level of mitigation required to comply with Section 404 of the Clean Water Act. Two additional steps are included to ensure that mitigation projects successfully achieve the design goal of no net loss of wetland functions and services. These steps are listed below in order or preference. The mitigation analysis guidelines are listed below, followed by a discussion (in italic text) of how the proposed project meets each criterion. 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 2 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan i. Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action; The project cannot avoid impacts to some wetlands by avoiding certain actions or parts of actions and still have a viable project. The large, rectangular footprint of the warehouses precludes any creative site planning that might avoid centrally located wetlands. Additionally, necessary project components, such as parking, roads, landscaping, and stormwater facilities, take up additional project area. All of the wetlands proposed to be impacted are of relatively low quality, depressional features that mostly appear to have developed over the past several decades because of poor land management practices by the previous property owner. Large tracts of wetland will remain in the post -development condition. No impacts are proposed to the stream or North Lake. ii. Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation, by using appropriate technology or by taking affirmative steps, such as project redesign, relocation, or timing, to avoid or reduce impacts; The Greenline Business Park project has been designed to minimize impacts to wetlands and streams to the maximum extent practicable, while maintaining a developable area suitable for a viable warehouse distribution project. The size and scope of the necessary building space, infrastructure, and stormwater needs precludes much variability with avoiding wetland and stream impacts. Every effort was taken to avoid higher quality wetlands, and focus the necessary critical area impacts to those lower functioning wetlands. Several site plan iterations were evaluated to balance the needs of the Project against the constraints of the Site. iii. Rectifying the impact to the critical area by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment to the conditions existing at the time of the initiation of the project; The majority of the affected environment will not be able to be re-established, rehabilitated, or restored, nor are impacts to uplands generally regulated that would require such rehabilitation or restoration. The identified wetland impacts on the site will be permanent, and compensatory mitigation will be provided to offset those impacts. Opportunities do exist to enhance the remaining critical areas on site through buffer enhancement and restoration, though the majority of the compensatory mitigation will occur within the eastern portion of the Site near North Lake. Changes to the stormwater outfall should have no impact on the hydrology of Stream AC, as additional sources of hydrology will be provided to ensure the upper limits of Stream AC and Wetland AG are hydrated. Opportunities to re-establish, rehabilitate, or restore buffer around the Site will be taken where available. Portions of the stream buffer will be restored further 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 3 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan downstream, wherever feasible, and small areas of buffer restoration are anticipated where existing trails will be removed. iv. Reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action. Permanent impacts to critical areas cannot be reduced or eliminated over time. However, those critical areas that will remain in proximity to the new development will be protected over time through maintenance of their buffers and by ensuring their boundaries are clearly demarcated to prevent human intrusions. Mitigation activities include wetland creation and enhancement and buffer enhancement and restoration. These improvements will be monitored for a minimum of 5 years with maintenance activities continuing beyond that time. These areas are expected to function as a natural system and long-term maintenance is expected to be minimal. The stormwater facilities will be maintained as needed in the long-term. V. Compensating for the impact by replacing, enhancing, or providing substitute resources or environments. The Project proposes to compensate for wetland impacts by creating wetlands adjacent to existing wetlands, further outlined below. Additionally, proposed buffer restoration and enhancement on the Site will provide ecological benefits to the adjacent critical areas. Temporary impacts due to construction activities will be restored after construction to their pre -development condition. Additionally, stream buffer enhancement is proposed adjacent to Stream AC within areas currently maintained as grassy fields. vi. Monitoring the hazard or other required mitigation and taking remedial action when necessary. The proposed on -site mitigation requires a performance monitoring and maintenance program for a minimum of 5 years for the proposed wetland creation and buffer enhancement/restoration, though the Corps typically requires a minimum of 10 years of performance monitoring. The monitoring and maintenance plan will include goals and objectives for the mitigation plan, success criteria for which the mitigation will be assessed, a contingency plan in case of failure, and proof of a written contract with a qualified professional who will perform the monitoring program (see below). The monitoring program requires at least two (2) site visits per year by a qualified professional, with annual progress reports submitted to the Planning Official and all other agencies with jurisdiction. 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 4 Greenline Business Park CHAPTER 3.PROPOSED MITIGATION Mitigation Plan 3.1 Agency Policies and Guidance The proposed mitigation plan was designed in accordance with the -policies and guidance provided in the following documents: The Washington State Department of Ecology (DOE) Publication #06-06-011a, Wetland Mitigation in Washington State — Part 1: Agency Policies and Guidance, and Part 2: Developing Mitigation Plans (Version 1), dated March 2006; The Federal Compensatory Mitigation for Losses of Aquatic Resources Final Rule (Title 33 CFR 325 and 332, April 10, 2008), and Title 40 CFR 230.93), effective June 9, 2008; and Critical Areas Regulations set forth in the Federal Way Revised Code (FWRC) Chapter 19.145 Environmentally Sensitive Areas, and Chapter 15 Shoreline Management (City of Federal Way, 2017). 3.2 Mitigation Summary Mitigation measures for the proposed development include wetland creation, wetland enhancement, wetland buffer restoration, and wetland and stream enhancement (Appendix E of the Critical Areas Report)- • Wetland Creation 36,023 square feet • Wetland Enhancement 2,020 square feet • Wetland Buffer Creation 98,168 square feet ■ Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration 35,689 square feet • Stream Buffer Enhancement 94,266 square feet • Stream Buffer Replacement 14,489 square feet 3.3 Watershed Approach Selecting a mitigation site using a watershed approach is a step -wise process of determining both the suitability and sustainability of a potential mitigation site within the landscape. The process aims to guide potential mitigation to those areas within the landscape where success is most likely to occur. The process is outlined in "Selecting Wetland Mitigation Sites Using a Watershed Approach" (Hruby, et al., 2009). A watershed plan does not exist for this area. This mitigation site was chosen based on its availability (under same ownership) as well as its connectivity to other critical areas, consistent with the watershed approach. The King County In -Lieu -Fee Program (ILF) was considered for mitigation, but this program is cost -prohibitive, especially when suitable mitigation sites are both in close proximity to the impact areas and already under ownership of the Applicant. In following the guidelines that outline how to select a mitigation site, the previously proposed mitigation adjacent to existing wetlands was discarded as a viable option. It was determined that these wetlands were already functional with adjacent forested buffers within a development -constrained area that was less suitable as a mitigation site. The mitigation was relocated to the east within proximity to North Lake — an existing natural area. The currently proposed mitigation site is closer to the proposed impacts than 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 5 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan what the ILF could propose, given the extent of Applicant -owned lands, and ensures wetland compensation remains within proximity to the impacts. North Lake is a shoreline of the State with existing adjacent wetlands. The proposed location of the mitigation overlaps an area that was formerly a beachfront resort back in the 1950s that has since been left to revegetate naturally. Many of the soils are highly disturbed, and despite the years that have passed, trees and shrubs in this area are generally in poor condition. The area has not regrown as densely as one might expect in the intervening years. A sewer easement passes through this area, which has been avoided by the proposed mitigation. The mitigation design uses treated stormwater from the proposed stormwater pond, and will provide connections between several existing wetlands within existing flow ways where water currently flows during the winter months. 3.4 Proposed Mitigation Plan Mitigation for the proposed wetland impacts will be achieved through wetland creation and enhancement, and with buffer creation, to replace the functions and values of the wetlands impacted by the development. The acreage of mitigation for direct wetland impacts was derived using the ratios provided within Table 1 a of Chapter 6.5 of Wetland Mitigation in Washington State Part 1: Agency Policies and Guidance (Ecology Publication #06-06-011 a), which are consistent with those provided within FWRC Chapter 19.145.430(5), and reflected in Table 1 below. 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 6 Greenline Business Park Table 1. Summary of Wetland Creation Required Mitigation Plan 2014 DOE Rating Wetland Impact Wetland Creation Wetland ID Category Impact Type - Direct (D) Indirect (1) Square Feet DOE/FWRC Ratios for Creation Square feet of Creation Required to offset impact AE III D 239 2:1 478 AG III D 2,266 2:1 4,532 1 557 2:1 1,114 AH III D 711 2:1 1,422 AV III 1 378 2:1 756 BS (N) III D 2,683 2:1 5,366 CG III D 3,458 2:1 6,916 DE III D 820 2:1 1,640 1 3,959 2:1 7,918 El IV D 175 1.5:1 263 EJ III D 231 2:1 462 E K III D 179 2:1 358 EL III D 372 2:1 744 EM III D 306 2:1 612 FD IV D 686 1.5:1 1,029 FE III D 324 2:1 648 FF IV D 978 1.5:1 1,467 GB N III I 18 2:1 36 Totals 18,340 35,761 3.4.1 Wetland Creation A large wetland complex will be created around Wetlands BA-2 and PK in the vicinity of North Lake. Palustrine emergent, scrub -shrub, and forested wetland will be created. Wetland creation will include the following measures: 1) Clearing and grubbing all invasive, non-native weedy species in the wetland creation areas; 2) Grading to create a series of shallow depressions within upland areas. Hydrology will be provided by grading down to the early growing season groundwater elevation and using stormwater runoff associated with Greenline Business Park; 3) Installation of habitat features such as rootwads, down logs, stumps, and snags with bird nesting and bat roosting boxes; and 4) Planting a variety of wet -adapted native tree, shrub, and emergent species to provide structural diversity and increased species diversity to the wetland system. 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 7 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan 3.4.2 Wetland Enhancement Wetlands BA-2 and PK will be enhanced through plantings of native woody trees and shrubs as part of the wetland creation activities. 3.4.3 Wetland Buffer Creation Wetland buffer creation is proposed around the wetland creation area. Wetland buffer enhancement will include the following measures: 1) Clear and grub all non-native and invasive species; 2) Remove man-made structures and features, where necessary, 3) Place topsoil where necessary; 4) Place habitat features, such as rootwads, down logs, stumps, and snags, with bird nesting and bat roosting boxes; 5) Install 3 inches of bark mulch in all bare soil areas; 6) Plant a variety of native deciduous and evergreen tree and shrub species; and 7) Install critical area fencing and signs at buffer boundaries where required. 3.4.4 Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration Buffer restoration will occur around the on -site stream and wetlands through the removal of an existing gravel road and by restoring buffer temporarily impacted through site grading activities. Wetland buffer restoration will include the following measures: 1) Remove passive recreational trail/gravel access road; 2) Scarify soils and amend with topsoil from on -site sources as necessary; 3) Install habitat features, such as rootwads, down logs, stumps, and snags, with bird nesting and bat roosting boxes; 4) Install 3 inches of bark mulch in all bare soil areas; 5) Plant a variety of native deciduous and evergreen tree and shrub species, and 6) Install critical area fencing and signs at buffer boundaries where required. 3.4.5 Stream Buffer Enhancement The Stream AC buffer will be enhanced where native woody vegetation is currently lacking to provide improved buffer functions. Stream buffer enhancement will include the following measures: 1) Clear and grub all non-native and invasive weedy species; 2) Scarify soils and amend with topsoil from on -site sources as necessary; 3) Install habitat features, such as rootwads, down logs, stumps, and snags, with bird nesting and bat roosting boxes; 4) Install 3 inches of bark mulch in all bare soil areas; 5) Plant a variety of native deciduous and evergreen tree and shrub species; and 6) Install critical area fencing and signs at buffer boundaries where required. 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 8 Greenline Business Park 3.5 Mitigation Design Elements Mitiaation Plan 3.5.1 Hydrologic Support The proposed wetland creation will integrate the hydrology of the proposed stormwater discharge into a meandering wetland system before allowing the water to discharge south towards North Lake through Wetland BD. Great care has been taken to avoid larger existing trees and to incorporate those trees into the mitigation design. The mitigation grading concept includes an area east of the required wetland creation area to provide hydrologic connectivity between the required wetland creation area and Wetland BD to the south. This additional mitigation area will be part of a future mitigation for the Greenline Warehouse A project and will be submitted under separate cover. 3.5.2 Grading All proposed graded areas will be cleared and grubbed to a depth of at least 9 inches to remove the roots, rhizomes, and seed bank of non-native species, as well as, compacted gravel and debris. All cleared and grubbed vegetation/debris will be exported from the project site to an approved dump location. The wetland buffer areas will then be graded per plan. Once subgrades are complete and approved, stockpiled forest duff or imported topsoil will be spread over the graded areas to achieve final grades. 3.5.3 Plantings A variety of native woody species will be planted in the buffer mitigation areas (see Appendix E of the Critical Areas Report). Native tree, shrub, and herbaceous species were chosen to increase both the structural and species diversity of the buffer mitigation areas, thereby increasing the value of the areas to wildlife for food and cover. The specific plant species proposed in the plant schedule have been selected for a variety of qualities, including: adaptation to specific water regimes, value to wildlife, value as a physical or visual barrier, pattern of growth (structural diversity), and aesthetic values. 3.5.4 Habitat Features Snags, down logs, rootwads, and stumps will be incorporated into the buffer mitigation areas to provide ecologically important habitat features for wildlife. All down woody material shall be coniferous species (western red cedar, Douglas fir, western hemlock, or Sitka spruce) obtained from the project site or imported if necessary. Snags provide perching, feeding and nesting sites for a variety of native birds. Cavity nesting bird species, such as tree swallows, violet -green swallows, chickadees, and woodpeckers, would be expected to utilize such features. A bird -nesting box will be attached to each created snag to initially augment the natural habitat for swallow species. Down logs and stumps provide the slow release of nutrients as the wood decays, and also provide cover for amphibians, small mammals, and other wildlife. Boulders recovered from site excavation will be placed in small piles throughout the mitigation areas. These piles can provide habitat for reptiles and small mammals. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 9 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan 3.5.5 Fencing and Signage Fencing and signage will be installed around the wetland buffer perimeters to clearly delineate the buffer boundaries and help prevent human intrusion and disturbance, pursuant to FWRC 19.145.180. An open -board, wood -rail type fence will be installed around the perimeter of the wetland buffer. A 4-foot black -vinyl -coated chain -link fence will also be installed at the top of the proposed retaining walls to address safety concerns. Critical areas signs meeting Federal Way requirements will be installed at 150-foot intervals along the buffer boundaries. 3.5.6 Temporary Irrigation System An above -ground temporary irrigation system capable of full head to head coverage of all planted buffer mitigation areas will be provided. The temporary irrigation system shall either utilize controller and point -of -connection (POC) from the site irrigation system or shall include a separate POC and controller with a backflow prevention device per water jurisdiction inspection and approval. The system shall be zoned to provide optimal pressure and uniformity of coverage, as well as separation for areas of full sun or shade and slopes in excess of 5%. The system shall be operational by June 15 (or at time of planting) and winterized by October 15. Irrigation shall be provided for the first two years of the monitoring period following installation. The irrigation system shall be programmed to provide 1/2" of water every three days (one cycle with two start times per week or every three days). A chart describing the location of all installed or open zones and corresponding controller numbers shall be placed inside the controller and given to the owner's representative. Prior to release of the bond at the end of the required monitoring period, all components of the above -ground temporary irrigation system shall be removed from all of the mitigation areas. 3.5.7 Construction BMPs The proposed project will implement BMPs during construction to minimize impacts to the on -site critical areas during the construction process. The proposed development will comply with the latest edition of the King County Stormwater Management Manual and all applicable construction site erosion control and stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs). A Temporary Sedimentation and Erosion Control (TESC) plan will be prepared by the Civil engineer and submitted with the final project plans, along with any required drainage and stormwater technical information reports required by the County. Stormwater and erosion control BMPs to be implemented for the proposed project will be defined in these reports and plans, and these BMPs will act to minimize erosion and sedimentation and protect water quality within the existing wetlands during construction. BMPs to be implemented may include, but are not limited to: ■ Site runoff containment, such as temporary sedimentation ponds; • Street sweeping; • Silt fences; • Straw bale dams; • Rock check dams; • Erosion control mesh, netting, seeding, or other cover for exposed soils; ■ Rocked road entries; and, 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 10 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan Y Covered, seeded, or otherwise stabilized soil stockpiles. CHAPTER 4.MITIGATION GOALS, OBJECTIVES, & PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 4.1 Goals The primary goal of the proposed mitigation is to replace the functions and values lost through directly and indirectly impacting 18,340 sf of wetlands. The secondary goal is to create, enhance, and restore wetland and stream buffer areas. To accomplish these goals, the proposed project will provide: Wetland Creation 36,023 square feet • Wetland Enhancement 2,020 square feet • Wetland Buffer Creation 98,168 square feet • Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration 35,689 square feet ® Stream Buffer Enhancement 94,266 square feet • Stream Buffer Replacement 14,489 square feet Mitigation actions will be evaluated through the following objectives and performance standards. See Chapter 5 for a full description of the monitoring methods that will be used to evaluate the approved performance standards. 4.2 Objectives & Performance Standards The mitigation goals will be evaluated through the objectives and performance standards described below. Objective A: Following construction, the created wetland areas must exhibit wetland hydrology. Wetland conditions will be verified by the presence of hydrologic indicators. Performance Standard A1— Wetland HYdrolopy: After construction, the created wetland areas shall exhibit 30 or more consecutive days of hydrology during the growing season in each year of normal rainfall (based on a normal precipitation analysis). Indicators used for assessing hydrology in the created wetland areas will be limited to direct observation of one or more of the following: surface ponding, high water table, or saturation to within 12 inches of the soil surface. Objective B: Create habitat structure and plant species diversity in the created wetland, wetland enhancement, and wetland buffer creation areas. Performance Standard B1 (applies to all slant communities): At least 18 species of desirable native plants will be present in the created wetland, wetland enhancement, and wetland buffer creation areas combined during each year of the monitoring period. Species may be comprised of both planted and naturally colonized vegetation. Performance Standard B2 (applies to all plant communities): Percent survival of all planted woody species must be at least 100% at the end of Year 1 (per contractor warranty), and at least 80% at the end of Years 2 and 3. Performance Standard B3 — Created Emergent Wetland: Coverage of herbaceous vegetation shall be at least 30% by the end of Year 1, 50% by the 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 11 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan end of Year 2, and 65% by the end of Years 5, 7, and 10, excluding those areas of the wetland that may have sparse herbaceous vegetation due to dense shade from woody species coverage. Performance Standard B4 — Created Scrub-ShrublForested Wedand: Native woody species (planted or volunteer) will achieve an average stem density of at least 3 stems per 100 square feet by the end of Year 1 and an average of at least 4 stems per 100 square feet by the end of Year 3. Total percent areal woody plant coverage must be at least 35% by the end of Year 4, 50% by the end of Year 5, 55% by the end of Year 7, and 65% by Year 10. Woody plant coverage may be comprised of both planted and recolonized native species, however, at no time during the monitoring period shall a recolonized native species (e.g., red alder) comprise more than 35% of the total woody plant cover in this community. Performance Standard 85 — Wetland Buffer Creation: Native woody species (planted or volunteer) will achieve an average stem density of at least 3 stems per 100 square feet by the end of Year 1 and an average of at least 4 stems per 100 square feet by the end of Year 3. Total percent areal woody plant coverage must be at least 35% by the end of Year 4, 50% by the end of Year 5, 55% by the end of Year 7, and 65% by Year 10. Woody plant coverage may be comprised of both planted and recolonized native species, however, at no time during the monitoring period shall a recolonized native species (e.g., red alder) comprise more than 35% of the total woody plant cover in this community. Dbiective C: Increase the overall habitat functions of the created wetland, wetland enhancement, and wetland buffer creation areas by incorporating habitat features (e.g., swallow nest boxes, bat roosting boxes, snags, rootwads, down logs, stumps, and boulder piles, as appropriate). Performance Standard Cl: After construction and for the entirety of the monitoring period, the wetland creation, wetland enhancement, and wetland buffer creation areas will contain at least 18 habitat features per acre (1 piece per 2,500 so, including down woody material (logs, rootwads, stumps etc.) and snags with swallow nest boxes. Obiective D: Create habitat structure and plant species diversity in the wetland/stream buffer restoration and stream buffer enhancement areas. Performance Standard D1 fgfies to all plant communities): At least 12 species of desirable native plants will be present in the created wetland, wetland enhancement, and wetland buffer creation areas combined during each year of the monitoring period. Species may be comprised of both planted and naturally colonized vegetation. Performance Standard D2 (applies to all plant communities : Percent survival of all planted woody species must be at least 100% at the end of Year 1 (per contractor warranty), and at least 80% at the end of Years 2 and 3. Performance Standard D3 — Forested Buffer: Native woody species (planted or volunteer) will achieve an average stem density of at least 3 stems per 100 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 12 Greenline Business Park Plan square feet by the end of Year 1 and an average of at least 4 stems per 100 square feet by the end of Year 3. Total percent areal woody plant coverage must be at least 35% by the end of Year 4, 50% by the end of Year 5, 55% by the end of Year 7, and 65% by Year 10. Woody plant coverage may be comprised of both planted and recolonized native species, however, at no time during the monitoring period shall a recolonized native species (e.g., red alder) comprise more than 35% of the total woody plant cover in this community. Note: No coverage performance standard is given for the enhanced undisturbed buffer because these areas have almost 100% cover of existing native vegetation; a coverage performance standard in these areas would not be appropriate. Objective E: Limit the amount of invasive and exotic species within the mitigation areas. Performance Standard El: After construction and throughout the 10-year Corps monitoring period, areal coverage by non-native invasive plant species shall be maintained at 10% or less throughout the mitigation site. These standards apply to wetland and upland buffer areas combined. These species include, but are not limited to: Scot's broom, Himalayan and evergreen blackberry, purple loosestrife, hedge bindweed, and creeping nightshade. Performance Standard E2: Per Corps requirements, after construction and throughout the 10-year Corps monitoring period, non-native invasive knotweed species (such as Polygonum cuspidatum, P. po/ystachyum, P. sachalinense, and P. bohemicum) will be eradicated throughout the mitigation areas (including buffer areas) for a total cover of 0%. 4.3 Mitigation Construction Sequencing The following provides the general sequence of activities anticipated to be necessary to complete this mitigation project. Some of these activities may be conducted concurrently as the project progresses. 1. Conduct a site meeting between the Contractor, the project Biologist or Ecologist, and the Owner's representative to review the project plans, work areas, staging/stockpile areas, material disposal areas, and existing vegetation to be retained. 2. Survey clearing/grading limits. 3. The project Biologist or Ecologist shall review clearing limits and shall flag trees and other existing vegetation to remain within the work area. They shall also flag any woody material to be saved and stockpiled for later use as habitat features (stumps, snags, down logs), as well as salvaged boulders. 4. Install silt fences and any other erosion and sedimentation control BMPs necessary for work in the project areas. 5. Install tree protection fencing around existing trees and vegetation to remain. 6. Clear and grub grading areas. 7. Grub out all invasive species from buffer enhancement areas as shown on plans. 8. Survey earthwork areas and set grade stakes as required. 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 13 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan 9. Complete excavation of mitigation areas to subgrade per grading plan. 10. Install snags, buried ramp logs, and log cluster spillways. 11. Place topsoil. 12. Place woody debris (long & short down logs, rootwads, stumps). 13. Mulch all cleared/graded buffer areas. 14. Install temporary irrigation. 15. Complete site cleanup and install plant material as indicated on the mitigation plan. 16. Install critical area fence & signs. 17. Complete all work to plan specification for approval by Talasaea Consultants. 4.4 Post -Construction Approval Talasaea Consultants shall notify the Corps in writing when the mitigation planting is completed and request for a final site inspection and subsequent final approval. Once final approval is obtained in writing from the Corps, the monitoring period will begin. 4.5 Post -Construction Assessment Once the mitigation construction is approved, a qualified wetland ecologist/biologist from Talasaea Consultants shall conduct a post -construction baseline assessment. The purpose of this assessment will be to establish baseline conditions at Year 0 of the required monitoring period. A Baseline Assessment report, including as -built drawings, will be submitted to the Corps. The as -built plan set will depict any field changes to plantings or other features in relation to the original approved mitigation plan. CHAPTER &MONITORING PLAN 5.1 Monitoring Schedule Performance monitoring of the mitigation areas will be conducted according to all applicable code/regulatory requirements and permit conditions. FWRC outlines the basic requirements for mitigation monitoring in Federal Way. The monitoring period will be conducted for a minimum of five years for the City of Federal Way and a minimum of ten years for the Corps and DOE. Monitoring will be conducted according to the schedule presented in Table 2 below. Monitoring will be performed by a qualified biologist/ecologist. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 14 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan Table 2. Projected Schedule for Performance Monitoring and Maintenance Events Year Date i Maintenance Review Performance Monitoring Report Due to Agencies Year 0, As -built and Baseline Assessment Year 0 X X X 1 SpriE5 X X X Fall X X 2 Spring X X X Fall X X 3 Spring X Fall X X X 4 Spring X Fall X X 5 Spring X Fall X X X* 6 Spring X Fall 7 Spring X X Fall X 8 Spring X Fall 9 Spring__ X Fall 10 Spring X Fall X X X** *Obtain final approval to facilitate bond release from the City of Federal Way (presumes performance criteria are met). **Obtain final approval from the Corps (presumes performance criteria are met). 5.2 Monitoring Reports Each monitoring report will adhere to the requirements of the FWRC and also to the Corps document titled: "Annual Monitoring Report Format Requirements", (USACE Regulatory Guidance Letter No. 08-03, OCT 2008). The reports will include: 1) Project Overview, 2) Requirements, 3) Summary Data, 4) Maps and Plans, and 5) Conclusions. If the performance criteria are met, monitoring for the City will cease at the end of year five, unless objectives are met at an earlier date and the City accepts the mitigation project as successfully completed. Monitoring reports will continue with the Corps through year ten. Monitoring reports will be submitted by December 31 St of each year in which they are required. 5.3 Monitoring Methods The following monitoring methods will be used to evaluate the approved performance standards. 5.3.1 Methods for Monitoring Wetland Creation Hydrology Indicators An assessment will be made of the hydrologic regime within the created wetland areas to ensure that proper hydrological conditions exist and the hydrology performance standard is being met. Indicators used for assessing hydrology in the created wetland areas will be limited to direct observation of one or more of the following: surface ponding, high water table, or saturation to within 12 inches of the soil surface. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 15 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan Monitoring for the presence or absence of these indicators will be conducted at each monitoring event, and potentially at other times during the growing season if additional data are needed to evaluate hydrology in the created wetland areas. Wetland Delineation In addition to evaluating wetland hydrology indicators at each monitoring event, a formal delineation of the combined wetland creation and existing wetland areas will be performed in the late spring of Years 5 and 10 to determine if the required square footage of wetland has been established, and to also determine whether there has been additional loss of wetland area beyond the originally permitted amount of wetland fill. Delineations shall be conducted according to the methods defined in the Regional Supplement to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation and Identification Manual. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region (Version 2.0), May 2010, or as updated. 5.3.2 Methods for Monitoring Vegetation Establishment Vegetation monitoring methods may include counts; photo -points; random sampling; sampling plots, quadrats, or transects; stem density; visual inspection; and/or other methods deemed appropriate by the City. Vegetation monitoring components shall include general appearance, health, mortality, colonization rates, percent cover, percent survival, volunteer plant species, and invasive weed cover. Permanent vegetation sampling plots, quadrats, and/or transects will be established at selected locations to adequately sample and represent all of the plant communities within the mitigation project areas. The number, exact size, and location of transects, sampling plots, and quadrats will be determined at the time of the baseline assessment. Percent areal cover of woody vegetation (forested and/or scrub -shrub plant communities) will be evaluated through the use of point -intercept sampling methodology. Using this methodology, a tape will be extended between two permanent markers at each end of an established transect. Trees and shrubs intercepted by the tape will be identified, and the intercept distance recorded. Percent cover by species will then be calculated by adding the intercept distances and expressing them as a total proportion of the tape length. The established vegetation sampling locations will be monitored and compared to the baseline data during each performance monitoring event to aid in determining the success of plant establishment. Percent survival of shrubs and trees will be evaluated in a 10-foot-wide strip along each established transect. The species and location of all shrubs and trees within this area will be recorded at the time of the baseline assessment, and will be evaluated during each monitoring event to determine percent survival. 5.4 Photo Documentation Locations will be established within the mitigation area from which panoramic photographs will be taken throughout the monitoring period. These photographs will document general appearance and relative changes within the plant community. Review of the photos over time will provide a semi -quantitative representation of success of the planting plan. Vegetation sampling transect/plot/quadrat and photo -point 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 16 Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan locations will be shown on a map and submitted with the baseline assessment report and yearly performance monitoring reports. 5.5 Wildlife Birds, mammals, reptiles, amphibians, and invertebrates observed in the wetland and buffer areas (either by direct or indirect means) will be identified and recorded during scheduled monitoring events, and at any other times observations are made. Direct observations include actual sightings, while indirect observations include tracks, scat, nests, song, or other indicative signs. The kinds and locations of the habitat with greatest use by each species will be noted, as will any breeding or nesting activities. 5.6 Water Quality Water quality will be assessed qualitatively, unless it is evident there is a serious problem. In such an event, water quality samples will be taken and analyzed in a laboratory for suspected parameters. Qualitative assessments of water quality include: Oil sheen or other surface films, • Abnormal color or odor of water, • Stressed or dead vegetation or aquatic fauna, • Turbidity, and ® Absence of aquatic fauna. 5.7 Site Stability Observations will be made of the general stability of slopes and soils in the mitigation areas during each monitoring event. Any erosion of soils or slumping of slopes will be recorded and corrective measures will be taken. CHAPTER 6. MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES Regular maintenance reviews will be performed according to the schedule presented in Table 2 above to address any conditions that could jeopardize the success of the mitigation project. Following maintenance reviews by the biologist or ecologist, required maintenance on the site will be implemented within ten (10) business days of submission of a maintenance memo to the maintenance contractor and permittee. The following list includes examples of maintenance actions that may be implemented during the course of the monitoring period. This list is not intended to be exhaustive, and other maintenance actions may be implemented as deemed necessary. During Year 1, replace all dead woody plant material. Water all plantings at a rate of 1/2" of water every three days between June 15 — October 15 during the first two years after installation, and for the first two years after any replacement plantings. Remove/control weedy or exotic invasive plants (e.g., Scot's broom, Himalayan blackberry, purple loosestrife, Japanese knotweed, etc.) by manual or chemical means approved by permitting agencies. Use of herbicides or pesticides within the mitigation area would only be implemented if other measures failed or were 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 17 I Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan considered unlikely to be successful, and would require prior agency approval. All non-native vegetation must be removed and disposed of off -site. • Weed all trees and shrubs to the dripline and provide 3-inch-deep mulch rings 24 inches in diameter for shrubs and 36 inches in diameter for trees. • Remove trash and other debris from the mitigation areas twice a year, as needed. • Selectively prune woody plants at the direction of Talasaea Consultants to meet the mitigation plan's goal and objectives (e.g., thinning and removal of dead or diseased portions of trees/shrubs). • Repair or replace damaged structures including, signs, fences, or bird boxes. CHAPTER 7. CONTINGENCY MEASURES Established performance standards for the project will be compared to the yearly monitoring results to judge the success of the mitigation. If, during the course of the monitoring period, there appears to be a significant problem with achieving the performance standards, the permittee shall work with the Corps and the City to develop a Contingency Plan in order to get the project back into compliance with the performance standards. Contingency plans may include, but are not limited to, the following actions: additional plant installation, erosion control, modifications to hydrology, minor grading, soil amendments, irrigation, and plant substitutions of species, size, quantity, and/or location. Any required contingency plan shall be prepared and submitted to the agencies. CHAPTER 8. FINANCIAL GUARANTEE A financial guarantee will be provided by the Applicant pursuant to the requirements of FWRC 19.145.140(10). The financial guarantee shall be of a type and amount acceptable to Federal Way (bond, assignment of funds, or similar). The financial guarantee shall cover the costs of mitigation construction along with monitoring and maintenance per the monitoring and maintenance schedule included herein. CHAPTER 9. SUMMARY In order to develop the Greenline Business Park, we are proposing the following mitigation: • Wetland Creation 36,023 square feet • Wetland Enhancement 2,020 square feet • Wetland Buffer Creation 98,168 square feet • Wetland/Stream Buffer Restoration 35,689 square feet • Stream Buffer Enhancement 94,266 square feet • Stream Buffer Replacement 14,489 square feet Wetland creation areas will be hydrologically supported by the stormwater ponds from the development. All mitigation areas will be planted with a variety of native trees and shrubs to create or restore habitat diversity. Rootwads and down logs will be placed adjacent to or downslope of all outfalls to dissipate high flows during storm events and 27 October 2017 Copyright © 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 18 Greenline Business Park ation Plan create an aesthetically pleasing transition. Habitat features such as stumps, snags with nest boxes, and down logs will be installed to further increase habitat structure and function. Critical areas fencing and signage will be installed around the perimeter of each of the critical area tracts pursuant to FWRC 19.145.180 to clearly delineate the buffer boundaries and help prevent human intrusion and disturbance. Critical areas signs will be installed every 150 feet around the critical area tract boundaries. Performance monitoring will commence following mitigation construction and will continue for a minimum of five years for the City of Federal Way and ten years for the Corps. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 19 Greenline Business Park CHAPTER 10. REFERENCES Mitigation Plan City of Federal Way Revised Code. Chapter 19.145 Environmentally Sensitive Areas, and Chapter 15 Shoreline Management (City of Federal Way, 2017) Granger T., T. Hruby, A. McMillan, D. Peters, J. Rubey, D. Sheldon, S. Stanley, and E. Stockdale. April 2005. Wetlands in Washington State -Volume 2: Guidance for Protecting and Managing Wetlands. Washington State Department of Ecology. Publication #05-06- 008. Olympia, WA. Washington State Department of Ecology. Wetland Mitigation in Washington State - Part 2: Developing Mitigation Plans (Version 1). Publication #06-06-011 B, Olympia, Washington: US Army Corps of Engineers Seattle District, and US Environmental Protection Agency Region 10 , 2006. Washington State Department of Ecology, US Army Corps of Engineers Seattle District, and US Environmental Protection Agency Region 10. Wetland Mitigation in Washington State - Part 1: Agency Policies and Guidance (Version 1). Publication #06-06-011 a, Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Ecology, 2006. 27 October 2017 Copyright© 2017 Talasaea Consultants, Inc. 1572C Greenline Business Park Mitigation Plan.docx Page 20